(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Happy praise : our second 1956 book for singing schools, conventions, etc"

00 



For You and Me 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
R. S. International Copyright Secured Ruby Smith 




IS 1 , 

1. The flow-ers bloom 

2. At home, a-broad, 

3. He shows to us 




for you and me, The song-birds 

on land or sea, . The Fa-ther 

the upward way, His love is 



A A A * 



IP 



-*! 5- 



k *■ 1 — s- 



^t 



V V J V 



to 



=*£ 



m 



i 



h*h h IS 



W 



J | J -- - J 



s 



g g g g T' ' ^W 



ttW 



sing their mel - o - dy; All life down here' 

cares for you and me; To guide our feet 

ours day af - ter day Un - to His will 




f fflf 



=££ 



1T- 



COF 



*) A A A A 



y y y w 



D. S.- So, let us trust 




k N , ^ Fine 



Wfc 



w^- 



wt 



. where'er we roam 

. we have no fear 

. beyond the blue 



1 5 

He gives a home, He's near to us 

He's ev-ernear, And when with Him 

If we are true, .... With Him we'll live . 






i 



AAAA 

J I > T~t"7" 



^ 



B* 



*£ 



P 



B 



-n-5- 



ibL>L>L> i g 



1UUU 



fr 



Himev'ry day AndworkforHim .... a-longtheway. 

Chorus i rs [* 



b js js js 



SP*S£ 



J: 



^^ 



ffi 



P 



±* 



g g g ^:cL..':j g g 



- b j — s — 

For you and me "" the Sav-ior came, 

For you and me the Sav-ior came, 



#### 



1 



-=» S- 



-J » -sj— *, 



P P P P 



S J J J 



5& 



S 



J- 



D.S. 



1 



* - ' i g p p g T" H H T cr "r; r; F 



To give us life thru His great name; 

To give us life His wondrous name; 



: §i 



-*« 5- 



frfrfr^^ l fffrfrffl 



HAPPY PRAISE 



OUR SECOND 1956 BOOK 

FOB 

SINGING SCHOOLS, CONVENTIONS, ETC. 

AUTHORS : 



J. It. Baxter, Jr. 

Albert E. Brumley 

G. T. Speer 

Marvin P. Dalton 

Terry Pillow 

Ellis Short, Jr. 

Lonnie B. Combs 

J. R, Varner 

J. E. Roane 

Thos. J. Farris 

Dr. H. H. Martin 

O. A. Hunt 

Thos. R. Wilson 

J. Marion Watson 

J. L. Freeman 

A. E. Barton 

Rev. Renus E. Rich 

Jeffie Cook 

J. R. Prady 

Terry Killingsworth 

J. N. Johns 

Gordon Ross 

Mrs. Fay Walters Jones 

G. E. Wright 

Rev. Henry H. Powell 

Mrs. Margaret Johnston 

Mrs. Cleo Holshouser 

Mrs. Thersia West 

Celeste Johnson 

Clark Mobley 

Yale E. Payne 



V. O. Fossett 
J. B. Coats 
Dwight Brock 
Eugene H. Whitt 

B. I. Cline 
Austin Williams 
W. W. Combs 
Floyd E. Hunter- 
Horace A. Kennedy 

C. H. Culbreth 

D. E. Gilbreath 
S. L. Wallace 

H. Z. (Dock) Tanksley 

Howard Young 

O. O. Kidd 

W. M. DeVaughn 

Mrs. Wilbur Wils'on 

Orgel Mason 

Jesse Cook 

Rev. C. W. Frady 

Kenneth W. Tuttle 

Joe R. Day 

Lonnie R. McNeill 

Mrs. J. Luther Thomas 

Carl R. Harrington 

S. A. Summerland 

Jimmie M. Jacobs 

Mrs. James E. Campbell 

Simmie T. Mann 

Ann Floyd 

Jess W. Lasley 



<+4 



Luther G. Presley 
B. B. Edmiaston 
Clyde Wiliams 
Wm. A. McKinney 
Wilbur Wilson 
J. A. Collier 
Glen T. Presley 
Henry L. Thompson 
John L. Shrader 
J. Otis Murphree 
H. W. Sloan 
A. H. Elliott 
James' R. Maise 
Aaron L. Ryder 
Pat H. Baxter 
Allen Williams 
U. S. Lindsey 
L. D. Bassett, Jr. 
J. A. (Jim) Black 
W. H. Ward 
William J. Coleman 
Shirley Cook 
Mrs. C. R. Ballou 
E. T. Isbell 
W. C. Stewart 
W. S. Hess 
James L. Glover 
John D. Bacon 
Ruby Smith 
Elmer L. Ward 
L. W. (Bill) Morris 



SHAPE NOTES ONLY — MANILA BINDING 

PRICE : 

50 cents a copy; $4.50 a dozen; $16.00 for 50; $30.00 for 100, postpaid. 

— ORDER FROM — 

Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Company 

Plate Makers — Printers — Publishers 
Dallas 8, Texas Pangburn, Arkansas Chattanooga 4, Tennessee 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 



1-A 



There's a Home Awaiting 



m 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Rev. Rupert Cravens International Copyright Secured Joe R. D av 



feK 



S^ 



¥ 



3iN'd> i i y^ m 



1. When our jour-ney of life is end - ed, And we come to the 
2. 'Twill be joy when fare- wells are spo-ken Just to know we shall 
3. We shall gath-er to know each oth-er^ In the light on the 



i 



£: 



p=W -j — p- 



£ 



fcfc 



^ 



S 



f 



& 



^^m 



m 



^m 



i£ 4* «l 



riv - er wide; We shall look for the morn-ing break -ing In that 

meet once more; For the ones left be-hind will fol - low To that 

hills of home; Best of all, we shall be with Je - sus, Safe at 



r ip ttt c 



&F 



P g 



3 



B ^l t 



ff=r=f 



m 



Chorus 



ij jH~^if fiB i 



^m 



s inrr 

land on the oth-er side. There's a home . beau - ti - ful home so fair, 

home on the golden shore. 

last where no death can come. There's a home, 



* 



A — !* — M- 

Crr 



I I L, a, a, L U-~a. 1| ' i 



B* 



5 



y — v 



pi MTtiU ^i^ B 



XT ft 

Wherewe'll live, heav-en - ly joys to share; When at last 

Where we'll live, When at last 



g p ufffrffi^f 



W 



t=p 



S a. x TI ~~^ 



S 



P 



*H 



S 



£=£? 



troubles of life are o'er, We shall cross o-ver to that bright shore. 

We shall cross 



m 



8- 

m f 



L^4*nnn \ 



£- 



i 



vl/ 



Keep the Love of Jesus 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Rev. Alfred Barrett International Copyright Secured J. N. Johns 



m 



rs — s 



ipp m 3 m i i ViU'-N 



1. Keep the love of Je-sus in your heart to- day, In the hour of 

2. Keep the love of Je-sus in your heart to- day, Ev-'ry pre-cious 

3. Keep the love of Je-sus in your heart to -day, From the roy - al 

4. Keep the love of Je - sus in your heart to -day .There is peace and 



H 



^ 



D" P D" £ 



Ba 



1/ u ~* 




«=g 



* 



* 



trou-ble He will be your Stay; When your heart is bur-dened 

mo - ment His sweet will o - bey; Un - to Him be faith - ful, 

path-way nev - er go a -stray; In the time of weak-ness 

com -fort in its gold -en ray, He will guide you safe - ly 

i 



r , r r r I r 



m 



PPf 

3? 



H 




ft P S 5 



s=£ 



& — k 



Fine 



amjiijjdj 



t 



t 



ir 



with its grief and care, All your heav - y bur- dens He will glad - ly share, 
loy - al, brave and true, He will be your guardian, He will guide you thru. 
He can make youstrong,Ban-ish-ing your sor- row, fill- ing you with song, 
when this life is o'er, There to dwell for - ev - er on that gold -en shore. 



m 



m 



M 



mw~ 



m 



U F 




Chorus 



D.S.-Keepthe love of Je-sus in yourheartto-day. 



-<r , — * 



^^ 



5=5 



ai l i l VilJJd 



a a as 



£3 



Keep the love of Je-sus dwelling in your heart, Never let the sun-light 

* " ^ J ^ 



gte£ 



£ 






Kfe* 



S 



5 



£ 



T [7 •" 




ft E hj 



h h 



£ ^N H 



P=s 



D.S. 

IP 



^ 



£3 



1H 



^ <*■ * ' 



of His love de-part; Fol-low in His foot-steps in the nar-row way, 



P^ 



fntrf 



V V V Y- 



I 



Wonderful Gift of God 



$ 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
E. H. W. International Copyright Secured Eugene H. Whitt 

ft s _ft i ft 






^ 



N'i J J.'*H * J.'* * * ^ ^ ' *; t 

1. God's on- ly Son came from a-bove, Giv -ing sal - va-tion'ssto - ry, 

2. Look-ing a-bove, trust-ing His word, Ev -er I'll tell the sto - ry, 

3. Thankful in-deed we should all be For such a lov - ing Sav-ior, 

■A — _ — A *-A i* A — . A * A » 



*^V'8 *— * — * 



p=^ 



1^ 



ft 



P 



#ft 



P P 
ft— *- 



p p p~ 

ft N ft 



I 



*^=fe^ 



oti 



Won-der-ful gift, Je -sus His Son, Prov-ing His mar-vel-ous love; 

Tell how the Lord came from a-bove, Help the lost souls un - der-stand; 

That He would come down from a-bove, Dy- ing that we might be free, 



p p p | ^p — p— -p 'UUP — b — b — b- 1 

D.S.-He is the way for you and me, O let us walk where He trod; 



_, — 9 — ^ — ^ i . - -^ n^ — - — 4i/" — - — * ^ -^ ' ": f p? 

Let us re- joice, tell -ing the news, Giv- ing to Him the glo-ry, 

Sing -ing His praise, I will press on, Giv- ing to God the glo-ry, 

Bring-ing to all who will be - lie ve, Par -don -ing love and fa - vor; 

A (• — . A. 



m 



BC 



fct 



v — P P i — p — p — p — i — i? — P~ 

Praise to Him give, to the whole world Show Him in your be - ha- vior; 



ft h . 



. T* I n Fine 

a "a a J. Ju^ ^ 



•:*■=* 



• \ w> p < g 



f=£=p: 



Won-der - ful gift, glo - ri - ous gift, Sent from the throne a - bove. 
Hop -ing to live ev - er with Him O - ver in glo-ry land. 
Hon -or to Him who took my blame, Making a way for me. v 

A'. A A- "* 



^M\ 



Bt 



ppp 



'i it/ -i^'i 



^^ 



p p p~ 

Glo - ri - ous gift, mar-vel-ous gift! Won-der - ful gift of God. 
Chorus 

ft is- h J N n ft L ft_ k . ^ d.s. 



^ 4 J ■ 

d s jj t 



I 



#■ 



W+=¥ 



•■ J . -^ ' ": f l i 



Won-der-ful gift, mar-vel-ous gift! Je - sus the bless -ed Sav-ior; 
-A — A — A — :£-. A — A . A m A .A * A' 



S5qp fc — ^ 



■ r r ■ > i f ^hfi 

? fr l: r E l ±e^$ 



p — p 



Glory Over There 



Copyright, 1056, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. R. M. International Copyright Secured James It Maise 




J J | j j J J J JqJ i a q j. g 



L Twill be glo - ry o • ver yonder, when that land we gain, Where the 

2. When the Lord comes in His glo - ry, we'll be gathered home, Out be- 

3. We shall crown our lov-ing Sav-ior Lord of all upthere.Wherethe 




^ c r f r 



~* 1*~ ~ft~ Tj" 

saints .shall nev-er die, nev - er die; Thru -out all the 

yond the si - lent sea, si - lent sea; We shall meet our 

streets ...... are paved with gold.paved with gold; Hap-py hal - le- 




i 



-^ — ft — ft — | 



v- is u u 

D.S.-O - ver by the 



2£ 



I 



pjfcH 



1 



*~P 



t 



rr 



end - less a - ges with the Lord we'll reign, In the home 

friends and loved ones where no part-ings come, With the saved 

lu - jahs will be ring-ing ev - 'ry-where, In the great 



fe^ r r 



m 



«T ezzgziE 



fe=t 



£ 



y— a 




u i/ u» u u 

sea of life we'll live with Christ our King, Sharing all, 

Chorus 
S *. .. Fine 



i j 1 J 



^p^jw 



I 



^ 



c r T r 



i* g i? «*=^ 



ry o - ver 



that's built on high, built on high. 'Twill be glo 

for - ev - er be, ev - er be. 

e - ter-nalfold,home-landfold. 'Twill be glo-ry o - ver 



±£ 




W 



^fWff 



there, When we reach". . .'. . .". the hOme-land fair; 



m 



£ 



v p 




4 



When He Comes Back For His Own 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
H. A. K. Internationa] Copyright Secured Horace A. Kennedy 



pljj'J-l^-f'TJUJjJJ'j 



1. We shall see Beu- lah land,meetwith the snow-white band, 

2. Some from the tombs will rise, meet the Lord in the skies, When He shall 

3. He'll de-scend in a cloud, 'mid our ho - san - nas loud, 

4. Won't you pre-pare to meet and the dear Sav-ior greet, 




#3 



t 



¥ 



r i t? r -8L-3- j. 'r' M J 



come back to earth for His own; 



Vic - to - ry saints will sing, 
Fam-'lies u - nite a - gain, 
Sor-rows of earth all gone, 
forHisown;Read-y, at His command, 

JUL ' 




Hi 



as they behold their King, When He shalicome back to earth for His 
in a triumphant train, 
heaven's bright morn shall dawn, 
for the bright glo-ry land, 



m 



i^-fl>« — *■ — ^ 



Bl 



-r> 



w== 



U P " 

Fine Chorus 



V — U 



ffi^ 



§^ 



w? 



F ,iy F' u r" r 

lise to 



TTfs 

i. Saints He will raise 



for His own. 



t&^ J j | . 



From the tombs the saints He'll raise to 



:sz 



f 



f 1 



f 



tfA^K:Jii | , fa^ «^a 



songs of joy-ful praise, When He shall come back to earth for His own; 

for His own; 

JUL 



\M y \ny t \-x\v^w.:n 



When He Comes Back For His Own 



s 



i 



1 s 3 



tt=& 



D.S. 

m 



m 



P * l ff-g r -? ff -g r # 



3E 



F 



We shall be glad thru - - - - out e - ter - ni - ty, 

What re - joic-ing there will be thru-out e - ter - ni - ty, 



w 



^^ 



sy=^ 



s: 



> While the Days Go Rolling By 

Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
U. S. Lindsey International Copyright Secured J. E. Roane 

IN * h 



h — h 



3 J I J B-j J _j d 1 



*^=* 



*=* 



-* — w~ 

1. Glad-ly tell the gos-pel sto-ry of our Sav-ior's wondrous grac % 

2. Notes of praise our voic-es sing-ing, ev - er in this fight to wir, 

3. He will bless the meek and low - ly, trav'ling o - ver hill and pic 



m 



1* 1* A f- 



ff I E f t= ^ 



I 



m 



wmm 



4-^— -*r 



9 t? 

Pi 



Igiiii 



P 17 



j — a — *=^ 



^P * * ** 

Light-ing up the way to glo - ry, 
While the days go roll-ing by; For the Mas -ter keep it ring-ing, 

Faith-ful be to all that's ho _-_ ly, 

A — A .1 1 1 A . A » A A 



» 



iz=K=s: 



ppp 



&r±- 



V if if if 9 P W^W 
D.S. -Life is beau-ti- ful and sweet, 

fs n s J i Fine 






tell to all the hu - man race, 

that the lost be gath-ered in, While the days go roll » ing by. 

not an ef - fort is in vain, 



W 



A m 



£ t i t r 1 c 



1 



live it so 'twill be com-plete, 
Chorus 



m 



D.S. 



I 



£=± 



•^ — q 



a — a * A 



^=P 



* # g 



-* — * " #V- o 1 - 

While the days go roll-ing by, Ev - 'ry mo-ment well sup -ply; 



^ 



m — P- 



ij 



-&-!- 



r 1 r 1 1 F 



m 



We'll Have a Mansion Grand 



5 Copyright, 1066, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 

H. Y. International Copyright Secured Howard Young 



1 1 m m J ^ 



IZ3 



= 5=j= 



1. Up in heav-en there's a man-sion wait-ing. Je-sus pre- 

2. Are you read- y, wait-ing for His com-ing, my broth-er, Do you in 



^•2 g B a — S [7 X p* p* 

r ^V b b b 



££ 



sz 



# 



J - J 



h=p 



£i#s 



IN— N 



zr ^ IS 



*!-*- 



h ^'c r*& g 



pared the place,ho-ly place; If by faith we trust in Him be - liev - ing. 

Him confide, now con-fide? Are you liv-ing dai - ly in His fa-vor? 



JJ JJl 



rQ^rcj^ff 



U U b b =:izzsE| 



v— w — t>— t* 



« 



Pine Chorus 



&S E ^ 



I 



-=1 S- 



C F IT ■ # 



s r e z ,; F ^ 



We'll sure -ly look on His bless -ed face, bless -ed face. We'll have a 
Is Je-sus walk -ing close by your side, by your side? 



*< 1 , a^ ' f\ .'j^ I 



D.S.-We'll have a man- sion on heaven's shore, gold - en shore. 



m$ 



a=a 



j n— s- 



a a 



-*! — 5- 



P F » 



■■« a 



^ — ^ 



mansion grand hap - py band,' ' Greeting friends gone be- 

and join the Re-joic-ing, 



J> 



M 



^—2 



i s 



■ZZB 



P 



it 



5fc 



^ 



sizszza 



D.S. 



I 



a — a — a 



■*i — a- 



g r% g ? 



fore; We'll meet the saints of old, joys un - told, 

on be - fore; re-ceive the 



£& 



J> 



*j — ja. 



^, 



[ [ C II 



Travel the Glory Road 



Copyright. 1056, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
L G. P. International Copyright Secured Lather G. Presley 



in rrff ii fffj e^ 



1. If you wish to hap-py be, There are love- ly 

2. In His love you must a - bide,Trav-el the glo - ry road, Take the Sav - ior 

3. Get right on this one-way track, No de-tours, no 

JtaL 



t*3f gjppl g T|F FFFff l ffrfrfr 



^ i h Chorus 



^ n J & N J^ . J J Ci 

J J g Iftj 3 JE J J 1 I* 



j^- 



" "c r- 



sights to see, Trav - el the glo - ry road. 

as your guide, 

turn - ing back, Trav • el, 



Trav • el, 



M^ 



i 



v — V 



P — y 



^£ 



6 6 ft 



j j I J J 



«•— - a 



r^ 



rr 



rr 



trav - el, It ain't ver - y far, To that ci - ty, 

trav- el, To that ci • ty, 



FflFFcV 



g=S 



P — P 



\ r» 



m 



i A t i 



h h 



«--» 



* 



* \ '[ ? r r 



Pearl - y gates a - jar; Loved ones wait-ing, At the saints' a-bode, 

Loved ones wait-ing, 



\j — j — y- 



mm=mi 



v — k— v — v 



p — p 



^«N JJ 



ft h 



5ZZ3 



g_s 



i 



f* 



rr 



t2r^r 



Broth-er, Sis -ter, Trav -el the glo -ry road. 

Trav -el, trav-e!, 



p F 



z 5= = ^ 



^^ 



# J B jl 



8 



If You Have Faith 



(Dedicated to our friends, Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Eaton) 

Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Mu'sic & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 

C. W. International Copyright Secured Clyde Williams 



pj 



1 



g=N 



ft— h 



5^=£a 



'4 d' j JIl l sj-iMlj-.J^ J l j;j Wg 



1. The bless-ed Sav - ior bled and died Up - on the cross our sins to hide; 

2. If you have loved ones lost in sin Who need to be made whole within; 

J J J> J, JS J b J J. J J J J. J J, J «L 



s 



fc3: 



S3 



-=1 £ 



^-^ — 5- 



fv— K 



W=3Fi 



Jlf'^ld:f ^lif'lf'ijlj; 



*=ts 



SE 



For ev- 'ry-one,both great and small, Sal -va-tion's plan is free to all 
Have faith and pray with hope a - new, That Je-sus Christ will savethem,too. 



& 



* 5- 



P— S 



Chorus 



P % h j J J j 1 » I J" J J S 



S 



g * g-y- 



gg g g ' v 



ir 



If you have faith, Christ the Lord will help, 

If you have faith, the Lord will help you, 



H3 



u 1/ £ u u 



iHtl j] g 



IS 



■*! — 5- 



B — V 



$ 



^r - 1 * — *i 



m r* r* rs p> ^ 



B I _ 



-^ — » 



** 



g g»rr 



£ 



The shadows dark to drive a - way, yes, all a - way, 
The shadows dark to drive a - way; 

p p fz p 



-"- ■£ ■£ ■= 



I 1 ^ -K 



£ 



g 



i 



s 



Es 



:»— *_V 



W— b 



*— tr-p- 



g j r,h -^ J- ; ; PP^P 



a — s 



F*^ 



pp " g n 



If you have faith, bur-dens He will bear, 

If you have faith, He'll bear your burdens, 



S 



S 



U U \j & 



If You Have Faith 



$ 



j' a j- jy g j 



a i = 



m 



a 



rf*r? 



f 



*=» 



The dark-est night 



The darkest night He'll turn to day. 



fyy^T 






He'll turn to day, a per-fect day. 



m — k. 



^£g 



fefe 



Efc 



-=1 — 5- 



1 



5=5 



He Saved My Soul 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
O. M. International Copyright Secured Orgel Mason 



33 



j j I J:l 



3 



s 



3 



S3 



1. 1 came be - liev - ing, trust - ing Christ to save me from sin, 
2. 1 want my life to tes - ti - fy while trav - el - ing on, 



^ 



§ 



§ 



i* — ■■ — &■ 



i 



§ 



s 



fv l &J 



^^ 



i 






He took a -way my burdens, gave me sweet peace with-in; He fed my 
I'll try to lead some friend to Je - sus ere time is gone, That we may 



tUl P UFF FfF i mr .F i fr ; |r 



D.S.-From bondage and un-end-ing death He gave me re-lease; He saved my 

6 N 5 N » N £ A * 



w EEi ■ a 



£ 



^P 



^^ 



"i r 



Hi 



59 



^^ 



hungry, sin-sick soul,my thirst sat-is-fied, He saved my soul,and now I'm glad 
live with Him at home, from sorrow made free, With all the saints His praises sing 

1 5 1 



BE g j |1 E =fc=# 

w}> b b U b b y= 



is 



£53; 



1? — I — tr 
souLfor my redemption He paid the cost,He gave me joy, His praises sing 

FiNt Chorus is k ^ D.S. 



Ps\ni$mi{rjtflfM 



to walk by His side. He saved my soul,He made me whole.whenHe found me lost* 
thru e - ter-ni - ty. 



^J 1 ^ 



Qyp l ff pfrf : ff^ 1 - fibril 



that nev-er shall cease 



10 



I'll Serve My Lord 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
F. E. H. International Copyright Secured Floyd E. Hunter 



m 



tp 



m M ^ 4 l« l: i 



1. My heart re - joic - es in His love since Je - sus saved my soul, 

2. I'll la - bor for Him all the while, for it will sure - ly pay, 
3. 1 once was bound, but now I'm free, He lift - ed me from shame; 



%-l I If £ b~ p I'' E ^ t ip 



ft) « P l ll j 3 1 \ J - 1 | " H f * 1 



i 



g 



He set my feet on high-er ground and now I'm free and whole, Fm whole; 
Al-tho sometimes I meet with hardships on the rug-ged way, life's way; 
He gave to me a glad new song, O praise His ho- ly name, great name; 



fefc§^f^S3r E f i^-n 



J / tl j lft].| 



I'll trust in Him each day I live, and nev - er from Him roam, 
But Je - sus saved my soul, from con-dem - na - tion made me free, 
I'll do my best to serve my Lord, He's done so much for me, 



f f f-MFi 



PPP 



tt£ 



v- 



v — V 



^s 



g^l 






Fine 



2^3: 



2 



3E 



^N 



^*4 



C & C 

I know 'twill not be ver - y long till I'll be go - ing home, up home. 
So, I will glad -ly work for Him un - til He calls for me, for me. 
Andwhenmyworkisdone,withHimfor -ev - er I shall be, I'll be. 



^P^Bf ^r^^ 



D.S.-ThenI shall sing the vie- fry song with saints in my new home, sweet home. 
Chorus 



^-^ifrfTjf^ 



^E 



J m 



V J F'f 



r 



r^rr 



Serve my Lord each day, as thru life I go; 

I'll serve my Lord each day, as on thru life I go; 



m 



g~t2Z32 



1 



I'll Serve My Lord 



#=## 



3-=^ : 



v= 



# 



-• sj- 



f 5 



t^tr^ 



I will work and pray in this w world be • low; 

I'll humbly work and pray while in this world be - low; 



Wm 



r 



£££ 



D.S. 



It will not be long till for me He'll come, 

I know 'twill not be long till for me He shall come, 



M 



ss 



i 



\JJJ 



§ 



11 



He Led Me To the Light 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
W. J. C. International Copyright Secured William J. Coleman 



-4-^ 



tt=i=^ 



«=£i 



±± 



1. I had wandered from the right path.And was out in sin's dark night; 

2. Now I'm hap - py on my jour-ney, Sing-ing songs of praise each day, 

3. When my trav'ling here is o - ver, Be it soon or be it late, 



I Fif i F^ £ 



m 



fez £ » 4a=J 



Fii\£_ 



g f I * 



-A— 



-* — *- 
But the Sav - ior came and found me, And He led me to the light- 
While my Sav - ior walks be - side me, In the straight and nar - row way.. 
Still my Sav - ior will be with me, Lead me thru the pearl - y gate. 






D.S.-I amhap-py walk -ing with Him, And the way is al- ways bright. 
h i — i DjS. 



Chorus 



ti^"=^ 



i 



f^M 



a J • a ! j J I 



r r r s 3 ' 



Jc - sus led me to the light, 



Led me out of sin's dark night; 



[ \ n?Jf\:TTtf ■£??$■{ 



m 



12 



I'm a Lover of the Lord 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
H. L. T. International Copyright Secured Henry L. Thompson 

5H^ 



pump in g 



m^ 



1. Mu - sic is ring-ing in my sour, since Je-sus has pardoned me, 

2. Since I've been saved by love divine.His glo - ry doth o'er me roll, 

3. When I am feel- ing all a- lone, I go to my Lord in prayer, 



I 



££ s *7? 



# 



gWffffP 



99 



4 \j \j -v 



f^F 




U V V 
ft— h fs— ft 



^=E 



^i=3=* 



11^ 



^. H T fr r hr 



We walk as one, in sweet; ac - cord; 

We are walk - - ing now as one, in sweet ac-cord; 

1 1 ■TJI 3 » J^J J J!' 



^ 



^ 



sp 



m 



%^m 



mn^zm. 



w 



m 



fe-£ 



* _g- -J- -J- ** ** ^ * * ^ .J. ^ ** 



Since He redeemed and made me whole, I'm hap- py as I can be, 
Noth-ing can harm this soul of mine, for heav-en is now my goal, 
He is the tru-est friend I've known, my troubles He'll always share, 




fete 



H 



E E E E E 



rff 



V if 



_§L 



ft— ft 



ft^A 



i 



Fine 



^a 



11^ 



P g ? * r 



^z5: 



p j 'b \j if r p r 

a lov-er of the Lord, 
lov-er of the Lord. 
I am now a loy-al lov-er of the Lord. 



I'm now 



Hi 



I 



gEgES 



^^ 



f- 



Chorus 




jjjJ 



imJ J J " - J 



^TTf^WT^T C C E^ 



Glo-ry, hal-le-lu-jah, He loves me, too, 

O glo-ry, hal-le- lu-jah, my Sav • ior loves me, too, 

Hal - le - lu • - jah, my blessed Sav-ior loves rae, too. 



Hi 



t — 



5fe£ 



f 



rt* mi 

) E' E z f 



^^ 



I'm a Lover of the Lord 



$ 



aiigiii ^ j 



C P "' g T ^^ 



d 1 x 



s=£ 



To oth-ers I'm tell - ing the sto - ry true; 
To oth-ers I'll tell the sto - ry so true; 
Tell - ing oth-ers the wondrous sto-ry true, yes, I'm 






&* 



s 



^ 



P 



D.S. 



«l ■ ^1— u 



s? 



it* 

I'm shouting and singing all the day long, 
Telling the news in story and song, . sjs is N is . 



m 



^^ 



fggffF 



ffi 



ff^ 



13 



The Savior Died To Save the World 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
S. T. M. International Copyright Secured Simmie T. Mann 




h— f* 



S^i j j I d: 1 j 



j.^ *N*l?:j^ gi 



1. Up - on the cross the Sav-ior died, For dy - ing man was cru - ci - fied; 

2. It was for crimes that we had done, The Fa-ther gave His on - ly Son, 

3. O may we all to God be true, - bey His will in all we do; 



Hi 



s^- 



* Hf 4 



■^-v 



y=p 



s=u 



^i 



JUl j- i 'M 



&--J 



Fine 






fi=g 



p=3 

He suf-fered pain and ag - o - ny For all, in-clud-ing you and me. 

To die up - on the cru - el tree, That we from sin might be made free. 

Our bur-dens all a-way He'll roll, If to Him we give full con-trol. 



rnfipffrn 



ite 



rpn; 



w— y 



D.S.-He lives a -gain to lead His own, With gladness make love's message known. 




ft — pv 



££ 



P=s 



D.S. 



E 



^^ 



h— n 



P 



5=3 



The Sav - ior died, O bless His name! To save the world from sin and shame; 






U U 






-M/- 



B B 



i 



14 



I'm Walking With My Lord 



Copyright, 1056, bff Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
B. L C International Copyright Secured B. J G»e 



p U*t*t^ 



I 



2=3 



fcfi 



B 



1. 1 am so hap-py since the Sav-ior came in, Now I'm liv - ing in 

2. Dai-ly I'm walking in the straight, narrow way, Ev - er trust-ing His 

3. Onward and upward I am climbing each day, Drawing near -er to 



US 



fc± 



szitzzs: 



S3 



V — g 



♦ — 51 — 3- 



{sGGf 



ft — ft 



^— 5- 



g-g 



true accord, in true ac-cord with Je - sus; He bore my sor-row, free - ly 
ho - ly word, His ho - ly word I'm trusting; He gives me strength a - long my 
my reward,my rich reward in heav-en; Some hap-py morn-ing I shall 

Pm.J'J'kUJ' 



m 



■**— x- 



£ 



m 



r^r^us z F ^^ 



v v ^ U =g 



Chorus 






m 



a — 3 : 



3 



==* 



pardoned my sin, I'm walk-ing with Christ my Lord. Yes, I'm 

jour-ney each day, 

go there to stay, Christ my Lord. 



■m 



3£ 



^ 



^ffi 



■ b p j h J j J Ji i^~ "J i h j r 

»i> ti 8 f I 8 g -»i ,» ,♦ f fTr^ 3 i 8 




I'm Walking With My Lord 



&Uiiiifl \ M$ & 



J -J 



I 



g r e cj 



pathway grows brigter, For I'm walking with Christ my Lord. 

Christ my Lord. 



wfrrrrfiT i ffffr i ^r. i i 



15 



I Have a Friend 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
G. T. S. International Copyright Secured G. T. Speer 



Si 



F=t3 



s 



I J j j jf c j^ 



? an § ? a 



1. 1 have aFriendwho is al-ways so love-ly, I have a Friend 
2. He'll be your Friend if you on - ly will trust Him, He'll be your Friend 



Mm 



# 



^3 



s=S 



gg 






p — P" 
is 



b h h 



te 



■ ^•■3 § 



S 



J:UtJ ll' l j. fr p 



ltd 



s 



who is always so kind; I have a Friend who will nev-er for-sakeme, 
giv - ing glo - ry di -vine; Then you can sing with the faith-ful for-ev^er, 

_£-jsl-J£: _ ,. _ feu 



P 



if 



sz:s 



W 



m 



a — p 



g — a 



3 



D.S.-He is my King and my Sav-ior di-vine, 
^ Fine Chorus 



1 



HE 



TdJ »S 



5=Ff 



rr 



His name is Je - sus, and I know He is mine. I have a Friend, 



fejL£ 



£ 



g§ 



s 



i 



21 



tszzds 



B 



; b ' r f b 



s 



£i 



D.S. 



71/ a a 



-=£=£ 



■^T 



s=a 



:^ 



yes, aFriendindeed,Whenrmin trouble He is all that I need: 
feflL -SI a. Jt £f 3t it A: ■£. :£> 



1 



rffffriffggfi ^ 



g 



g=g 



16 



Hands Are Down-Reaching 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise", 
B. B. Edmiaston International Copyright Secured J. A. Collier 

IS 




m 



« J a 4F" d 3 



^ '¥r r 



1. When the load would press us down,And our strength seems to give way, give way; 

2. Hands that opened blind-ed eyes, Giv-ing them vi - sion a - new, a - new, 

3. He who marks the sparrow's fall, Ten-der - ly cares for His own, His own; 

A A -A A « . A m A A 



Hi 



®r i r £ P^i 



■ A » E - At 



^vf-* — ♦ 



&-* 



V S> V 

h & 



fe± 



£ 



^ 



gJH^ 



«~3 



ij™ ^ ^ 



rvr- 



Life all seems wrong, si - lent our song, Shadows bedimming the day, the day, 

Healing the lame who by faith came, Lepers made whole thru and thru, all thru; 

Always He's near, sees ev-'ry tear, All of our needs to Him known, all known; 



HS 



Fp Fr/^ i iiTFEff 



f — A — ft 

* — ■ — m- 



I 



* d 3 J 1 * J 



r^P 



There are hands, down-reach • ing hands, Of- fer-ing just what we need, we need, 
Hands that raised the sleeping dead, Driving out shad-ows of night, death's night, 
So, what-ev - er we must bear, Read-y to help us is He, is He; 

■y A A - A A, fcJA ffl 



kfc 



Pf r I 'r P P 



E 



ft— fc- 



17— t? 



h is h 



h h fs 



Fine 



S 



1 



a — ^ — A =a 



^r=r 



f 



Marked by sin's nails,they never fail, Comforting when our hearts bleed, hearts bleed. 
Hands that can save, conq'ring the grave, Showing God's mercy and might, His might. 
Mer - ci-ful hands,Almight-y Hands,Reaching for you and for me, for me. 



igtiSg 



i khMtt S =t 



§ 



f*^^ 



^jj. 



zrg 



u— u — u 



U—U 



F F 



. S.- Wonderful hands ! mer - ci - ful hands, Hands that for us bore the nails, the nails. 
Chorus 



± 



TT.P; |,,JJS .^ i j/jy. i .'y 



r-w F ^ p lr- > 'r^FC'i'^ E 



Hands divine reaching, let us Look and see, look and see; 

Hands are down reach • ing, Look up and see; 

_▲ A A A -A A ffUELJd „A_ 



i§§ 



s 



tr~v 



it~v 



ppp 



Hands Are Down -Reaching 



JJ-, j'j'l j §gg uy J 



I) J A 



Loving hands, wounded for us, That men may be made free; 

Hands that were wound - ed, Mak - - ing men free; 



W F E | ' 



^ 



PP9 



ES 



</— v 



i' J £ J« i i t J J^ I .hJ J j« , I -i j^ 



I 



gfr g ' r- >• ir^r^T'r-^ 



f* 



O-ver all 

O - - ver all 



w 



e-vil, for us,They'll prevail, will pre- vail, 
vil They will prevail, 

-A A- ' 



PPPPP frP 



i 



17 



wv 



Let the Lord Hold Your Hand 



( Dedicated to my sons, James Edwin, Jr., and Christopher Harrei) 

Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 

Mrs. J. E. C. International Copyright Secured Mrs. James E. CampbeL 




■ j p i p i I s 

A ' A *. ii *l At- 



^ i r* 



«■=* 



^f* 3 



1. Don't trav As\ alone here where troubles at - tend, Somewhere on this 

2. Here burdens oppress you.you've nowhere to turn, Strange forc-es are 

3. If He holds yourhand this life's tumult will cease, While walking the 

4. At set -ting of sun when this journey is o'er, There'll be loved ones 



afffifir^EEM 




*=■ 



i J i ^ii ,r m 



jour -ney you'll need a true friend; 
tempting, for pleas-ure you yearn, 
pathway you'll share His sweet peace; 
wait- ing for you on that shore, 



Let Je - sus go with you, thru 
Take warning and you'll see you're 
When tri - als o'er-take you just 

Unnumbered saints sing-ing the 



9 ' L m — m 



^#% 



g JuJIJ.J J J J jl 



a 



i±=s 



F* 



7>9 



this wick- ed land, Your path He will brighten if He holds your hand, 
on sink- ing sand, Why not let the Sav-ior take hold of your hand, 
heed His command; Your feet will not fal - ter if He holds your hand, 
vie - fry song grand; While crossing the Jordan He'll hold to your hand. 



IP 



; k b If if i b Pf 



18 When Our Lord Comes Back Again 

Copyright, 1956, by Staihps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Adger M. Pace International Copyright Secured V. O. Fouett 

h IS N 



$mmm 



P=»: 



-5- 



1. On some glad morning fair and bright.we shall be-hold a wondrous sight, 

2. Oh, broth-er, let uswatch and pray for that e - ter - nal glo - ry day, 

3. With friends and loved ones we shall meet,and with them have communion sweet, 

1 5 5 j_ 



m 



m 



] ^ PPPP F - C li' ,|? C Z gl 



gF*; — ** 



b 1 s 



I J J * J 



i 



I 



£1 



f=t^f 



F^Ff 



S 



When Christ our Lord comes back a - gain; 
When Christ our Lord comes a - gain; 



mm i 



yr 



•n 



♦±f=£ 



1 



i s 



• ' " # 



P P F rj- gr Z^ P 



F» 



With shouts of joy beyond compare.we'll rise to meet Him in the air, 
That when this earth-ly race is run we all may hear His sweet "Well done," 
We'll join them in their song of love in prais-es to the King a- bove, 



■ — 9- 



I 



m 



kz!t 



mm 



V P W P 
D. 3. -With all that host in bright ar-ray well see His face on that great day, 



h N h h 



Fine 



y i g 



5=5=s: 



>^ ' e r ^ 



^ 



And go with Him to live and reign. 
And go with Him to live and reign, live and reign. 



-*! 5- 



i J J Jj !> r- 



T5 



^m 



m 



^ 



*£ 



Chorus 



-£ 



t b i x =p : - ! rs £* ^ 
' 5» J. J ■» 



5±=fc 



fS P 



§ 



-*> 5~ 



P% 



Oh, what a day that day will be, 

Oh, what a day that day will be, 



^ 



e 



=tt 



5^ 



1 




When Our Lord Comes Baek Again 



s 



3 



D.J 



g P F g 



Wh 



IF** 



When Christ our Lord 



en Christ our Lord comes back a - gain; 



m 



i i i I 



r * .^ 



comes a • gam; 

<■»• J> J> 



1 



_aj s- 



»=K 



y — u 



19 



Blessed Hour In Prayer 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Norma Petro International Copyright Secured B. B. Edmiaston 



P 



te 



JlJ jJJ 



s r r * i f ft It. 

1. When my vi • sion is obscured ' By strife's mountain so 

When my vi-sion is obscured By strife's 

2. Sa - credjoy, se-rene and sweet, Al-ways is giv • en 

Sa-cred joy, se - rene and sweet, Al-ways_ . 

_T a1 



jgj 



f= 



g S 



FP 



i 



i 



I 



51 J 



2 



r ^^rg*rr*r rrr 

high, To my ref - - uge then I go, 

mountain so high, To my ref- uge then I go, 

there; Freedom from the guilt of sin, 

is giv - en there; Freedom from the guilt of sin, 



jpr^g 



m 



^ 



i^=* 




^ «a ±M. 



Fine Chorus 



ifeS 



rrr 



rrr 

And I mount up to the sky. Blessed hour in prayer, There I 

In the bless - ed hour of prayer. Blessed hour I spend with God in prayer. 



7-vx-i A A— r4 P j t — rVA , A M. A A l aI ■» A A A - 



D.S.- In the bless - ed hour of prayer. 



" r r ir 4 r* i r r « J r r r r ftf^ 



m 



lose my care; ' There is cour - agejbbpe and strength 

losemyheav-y load of care; There is courage, hope and strength 



m 



% P % , 



L EJIF F F II 



20 



Take the Name of Jesus With You 



Arr. Copyright, 1953, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
International Copyright Secured W. H. Doane 

Mrs. Lydia Baxter Arr. Marvin P. Dalton 

Legato 



*£ 



1 I I 1 



1. Take the name 

1. Take the name of 

2. Take the name of 

3. At the name of 



of Je-sus with you, Child of sor - row 

Je - sus with you, Child of sor -row and of 
Je - sus ev - er, As a shield from ev - 'ry 

Je - sus bow - ing, Fall-ing prostrate at His 



rr ; , i ^ijui 



mFfc-g m 



§ 



^i 



£± 



# 



IPP^ 



i i i i 



o 



and of woe; for It will joy and com- fort give you, Take it, 

woe; It will joy and com-fort give you, Take it, 

snare; then, If temp-ta-tions 'round you gath - er, Breathe that 

feet, the King of kings in heav'n we'll crown Him, When our 



|p=| g lf I HI fr'H 1 " r 1 e 



tiW^ i ; 



Chorus 



i 



frf- 



r f z "i* 



then.where'er you go. Pre - cious name, O 

ho - ly name in prayer. Precious name, O how sweet! 

jour-ney is com-plete. O that precious name, ten-der - ly, 



kHF-f i Pi* l^g ^p 



rrf 



i 



j * _ i j j * ^ 



3 



SE 



^F 



r?=P=3 



how 



-r 



sweet! Earth and joy of heav'n; 

Hope of Precious 

lov- ing- ly sweet! the hope ofearth and joy ofheav'n; 

J. *L - 



at 



m 



mi 



i 



' * z i z z £ f 



Take the Name of Jesus With You 



A A ^ rr ' _ A A ' A I a1» II 



ftXf 



I 



Pre - cious name, O how sweet! Hope of earth and joy of heav'n- 
name, O ho w sweet ! 

Wonderful, wonder • ful name, sweet,it is so sweet ! 



JL 



?^=d 






I 



&r± 



W^ 



W$=E 



* It U 



21 



Wonderful 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Norma Petro International Copyright Secured B. B. Edmiaston 



lET * *" * H - -I? " 5" 1= 



t=^=^ 



1, Wonder-ful Man of Gal i - lee, Shedding His blood to make men free; 

2. Wonder-fuj feel-ing in my soul, Je- sus has cleansed and made me whole; 



^ff piyrr 



aj4 ^ : e 



& 



3 tfc A t^ 



r 



V U 



v .- i nJ*i r. _h I 



Fine 



s=m 



f 



a g 



Bringing sal - va - tion to the world,Giv-ing His life for you and me. 
Wonder-ful peace I have with - in, Since I have giv-en Him con-trol. 



m 



m^ 



pp 



m== s 



Chobus 



D. S.- Al-ways up - on the road to shine. 



±=H 



i 



■m *r 



3=2 



srt 



-* — * 

Won - der - ful, won - der - ful love 

4- 



di - - vine, Won -der - ful 



£ 



^^i 



£ 



fe£ 



f 



JjjHd j i j'j i 



D.S. 



I 



^Z3 



^ 



joy to know He is mine; Wonder-ful, won- der -ful guid-ing light, 

T~ T~ m ■ - — - ^-^-^ . 1* ft- 



HHHffB^ 



£ 



U b 



^P 



22 



There Is Glory In My Soul 



I 



Copyright, 1056, by Stamps-Baxter Husio & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
H. H. P. International Copyright Secured Rev. Henry H. Powell 

w-, . ■ . > * n r* e r> 



3 



1 % p> r s — 3 — — 

* :V ~ ^ Z 3*—-^ 

x x ^ K 



h'-ft'-ll 



^^ 



s 



p? 






EO 



1. Since I sought and found the Savior by His grace I'm heav- en bound,There is 

2. Since to Him my life is giv-en I am on the way of love, 



wm 



£te 



£e£ 



W 



Ff 



; *u P P P p 



P 



kaL 



i 



s 



^=3 



ps=s 



^^ 



w^ 



r **g g g 

glo - - - ry, glo - ry in my soul; 



Since I found His 
glo-ry,matchless glo- ry.there is glo - ry in my soul; Since I changed my 
glo-ry N in my soul; 



B5 i i' " 



5 



? 



s 



1 



1 



U U 



^^ 



h ft f* P h 



* 



■Vi a 3'g ^ 



love and fa - vor I am seeking higher ground.There'is glo - - - ry, 
way of liv-ing all my treasures are a-bove, glo-ry, matchless 

gl °" ry v J> J* 



i 



Mim 



rffcW- 



sttf 



s 



Fiwe Chorus 



i^m 



m 



i 



r> is 



rs r> is 



^Trtrr 



glo-ry in my soul, 

glo -ry.there is glo-ry in my soul. There is glo - ry, glo-ry, there is 

in my soul. 



J>J*.J J^J>^JSJ. 



f^m ^v 



» 



I B — r 



f 5 



: f 



frb r> j is 



ft fr PV_ & 



IS — IS 



£=* 



ffi 



Pfp? 



^=31=3 



am — a 



-•* «■ «■ > f ^ 

glo - ry in my soul, From my trusting heart the hal - le - lu - jahs 



m 



^V V- 



V V 



f 



pp 



###=# 




There Is Glory In My Son! 



"' m j kwum D.a 

m0- J'^n 



irrF 



**-M 



roll; Since He came and found me, placed His arms a-roundme 

hal-le-lu-jahs roll; He came His arms 




te£ 



inHi 



55 



23 



trrry 



Are You Giving Your Best? 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. A. B. International Copyright Secured J. A. (Jim) Black 



§13 J th^N O j ^ 



K dl*fr 



* U f 1 



1. In the hur - ry and strife as you trav-el On the journey of 

2. Do you la - bor each day for the Sav-ior, Are you striving the 

3. He has paid all the debt of your sinning, And He needs your best 



WFE i f Ff pff#^#i 







life day by day, As your problems you try to un-rav-el, 
lost ones to win; Do you tell of His goodness and fa - vor, 
ef - forts to - day; There are lost ones whom you should be winning, 



m 



| FwF I 



w 



gJZ ff> \ j izg 
D. S.- He will give you the courage you're needing, 
Fine Chorus 



m 



ft— K 



Bill c 



g g i 3 



*w-w 



^=^ 



Are you serving the Lord on your way? 
How when we trust Him He saves from sin 
Ere the world leads them far-ther a - way 



V^r u 



Are you giv -ing your 



Tffm r i i ,r^ i r iiiii 



m 



Let us give Him our best ev - 'ry day. 



iH m -jt^ 



D.S. 

HP 



1 t t * * 



m* 



best to theMas-ter, Do you ear- nest- ly work as you pray? 
-A- -A- -A- 



Efc 



^ 



f i f i t- ft 1 1 



csra 



I 



24 There's Gonna Be Someone Turned Away 

Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
A. H. E. International Copyright Secured A. H. Elliott 



i 



r*^ 



1 



FF=* 



tr=g==^=^ H I 



¥ -r 



£ 



-W 9 

1. When we gath - er on the strand of the soul's e • ter - nal land, 

2. When we en -ter home above,where there's joy and peace and love, 



HH £ t Z ? t££XX-^-\ 



1/ J \> v — » 



* 



a 



M^k 



^ 



ifyTctt 



9 $ C t C 



There's gonna be someone turned a - way; 

Gon*na be some-one turned a -way; 

■fc- 



M£ 



m 



m 



- 5 r— 5" 



g g 



D. S.- You'd better get ready (Bet - ter get read - y) for that day, com-ing day; 



A J M h IS J^ 1* =^ P Jl ^ ^ N IN p> 



a=-g=^— *= n g j 



[p 5 I a a i b3 1 



~9 9 

When we join the hap -py throng, where they sing the new-made song, 
On • ly thru the Sav-ior's grace shall we reach that hap - py place, 



g f f fPf f 



m 



v g 



P g 



T? g g g - 

When the Lord shall call His own, yon - der 'round the great white throne, 



mm 



JrJ^h 



=£ 



Fine 



§ 



«=» 



g g g g g 



-£J jA. Ar 



There's gon-na be someone turned a - way. 

Gon-na be some-one turned a -way. 



S^ 



J jjj J 



I 



:* i a 



B B » 



r 



Chorus 



* J J J J J. 



D.S. 



r; gg g^ r- 



^r^ 



Gon-na be someone yes.turned a-way. 

There's gon-na be someone turned a - way, 



g _ggfc EE^= , p g || 



- 5 ^— £- 



25 



He Is Ev'rything To Me 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
V. O. F. International Copyright Secured V. O. Fossett 



fi — Tn— 

J --• • 



& — rv 



i 



% 



n 



a j a % 



2=*=3 



1. Christ the Lord is mine.and His love di-vineKeeps me hap-py, pure and 

2. He has changed my life, gives me peace for strife, Keeps me free from sin and 

3. Souls whore lost and lone,makeHis love yourown,Lose your sin and doubt and 



« Hgg | f Ffffif 1 Fir: r5fff£ 



J J J -J A 



¥ 



2—i XI XI 



J II XI 



free; Yes, from day to day, in the old-cross way, He is ev - 'ry- 
pain; True to Him I'll stay till the judgment day, Then the life-crown 
fears; Hearts to Je-sus give, in His pres-ence live, And en - joy the 



fl nr i ffpf fi p i m p 



^ 



i*i jM-'H 



Chorus 



£eS 



3 



•^ tnirnr +r> mo 



B 



thing to me. Je - - - 

I shall gain. 

pass- ing years. Je-sus is my Morning Star, 



sus is my Morn- ing Star, 



J 



l» m 



F Hl-'lg^g 



i 



iiiii 



£ 



=£ 



f 



i 



^^ 



*& 



Xt=a=i: 



Song of end -less joy is He; 

Song of end -less joy is He; 



Glo - ry to the 



J 



J. 



JJ^Jj 



ttn 



i r I i r I 



P 



r- 



r 



i 



I 



— « « . 



I 



1=? 



J H Xl Xi 



A- 5 - 



Lamb, tru - ly His I am, He is ev - 'ry - thing to me 



m f rr i r rrr ^ 



i 



U I t 



&r^- 



26 



Cod's Love Was Shown On Calvary 



Copyright, 1966. by Stamps- Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
E. S. t Jr. International Copyright Secured Ellis Short, Jr. 



JfcJI J ; I 



ijj^Uii) /jyijjjvA 



1. The love of God was shown on Cal - va - ry, When Je - sus died that 

2. In God's great Book He plain -ly tells us why He sent His on - ly 



1 1 EH 1 1 



e m. 



ftfc 



I 



g± 



*=¥*=:^ 



f — » — •■ 



r^? 



u u u 






s E 



5 h Eg ^SSl 



P^ 



a 



we might be made free; His hands were nailed, they pierced His bless-ed side, 
Son to earth to die; The gift of love, the sac - ri - fice for sin, 



r r r i r> r r r i fT r r r r i-rVi 

7 & | ? " ^ b ~ b— b ' I b b b U Hr' ' 



U U f 



Fine Chorus 



Jjjiuj u'UiLl^r 



iE^ 



That from our guilt we may in Him a-bide. what great love was 
That we e-ter - nal life thru Him might win. Owhatgreat 



15^=^ 



ff tt 



i 



£ 



*J — *J- 



V — u 



W 9- 



D.S.-And showed His saving love on Cal - va - ry 



5^# 






1 1 

shown on Cal- va-ry, When Je-sus gave His life to make us 

love was shown on Cal -va-ry, When Je-sus gave His 



fc^ 



i 



£l 



«\ *1 



tr-jr 



b b 



J— J r, p r^T^N^ 



D.S. 



33 



free, And I love Him because He first loved me, 

life tomakeusfree; And I love Him be - cause He first loved me, 



B b 



§£* 



^---•p 



=£ 



biSL 



£ 



S^b=SEB 



27 



If We Could See, If We Could Know 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Anon International Copyright Secured G. E. Wright 



PS i i j 



■ J J 



mp 



1. "If we could see, if we could know," We oft - en say^ 

2. If we could know be-yond to-day, As God doth know, 

3. If we could see be - fore to - day, As God can see, 



% m f\JS 1 




? F E 



S=—H 



«--*■ 



3 J ' J qj ■ oJ 1^47 



But God in love a veil doth throw A -cross our way. We can-not 
Why dearest treasurespass a - way And tears must flow, Ourdark-est 
The stormclouds swiftly pass a - way And shad-ows flee, O'er pres-ent 



Hi 



M 



PP^P 



m 



EE^ 



D.S.-Thismor-tal 



W 



££ 



^4^-= * ^i'iiU^ 



^ 



i 



see whatlies be-fore,And so we cling to Him the more;He leads us 
nightwouldturn to light And drear-y paths would soon be bright,Life's ev-'ry 
griefs we would not fret.Each sorrow we would soon forget; For man - y 



i 



I 



s^ 



veil that doth con-ceal God will not fail to then re -veal, Be>fore the 

Fine Chorus 



^aSpis 



w 



i 



till this life is o'er So trust, o - beyT 

wrongwculd change to right In love's bright glow. Someday we'll see, Some 

joys are wait-ing yet for you and me. 



He 



^twwiA^f ^h 



a? 



greatwhitethronewe'llknowAs we are known. 



te 



&m 



D.S. 



& 



ujuju i 



3 J 'J qJ "t> 3 'hW» -* .' ^ 



day we'll know All things now wrapt in mys-ter-y Down here be - low; 






a * 



£ 



rfipf i foy 



28 Where the Happy Millions Sing 

(In memory of my friend, Harry Umholtz; dedicated to his wife, Delia, and family) 
Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
T. R. W. International Copyright Secured Thos. R. Wilson 



=ty 



^ 



3m 



> b "S-MJJ 



^ 



f f mw 



1. There's a land of fadeless flow'rs far be-yondthe star-ry 

2. Thru the a-ges we'll live on where the liv-ing wa-ters 



WSl 



Mm 



s 



W 



AfUUU^ 



1 



3 



sky, Where we'll meet a - gain someday 

flow, Je - sus prom-ised us a home 



± 



i$9VN 



vvvvwi* 



&=£ 



£ 



W 



¥=* 



VAWWJ^ 



WW* n 



nev-ermore to say goodby; 
in His ho-lyword,we know; 



1 5 

Death will nev - er en - ter 
Friends and loved ones will be 



jg | f f j p \ 



jjjjj>j>j 



p 



*= 



D.S.- 'Twill be per-fect har-ino- 



£3 j .1* j j .M 



^ 



mmc 



^n^r 



there, sor-row to the heart to bring; 

there, giv-ing prais-es to the King, 



=£#= 



£ 



I 



IE 






W 



ny, 



^^^a 



how our voic - es glad will ring 

6 



=£ 



^fe^ 



ggg ^g Fg 



Noth-ing ev - er will go wrong wher^thehap-py mil-lions 

'Twill be joy while a - ges run, where the hap -py mil-lions 



1 5 5 5 B U&TT 



^ 



A 



£W?t=£ 



? ? ? ^ b 



In the homeland of the free, where the hap -py mil-lions 



Where the Happy Millions Sing 

Fine Chorus 



W.W.P 



jfWW^ff^Wf 



sing. 

sing Where the happy mil-lions sing, 

IS 



Where the happy mil • lions sing, 



■ JJU^JU^ 



1 1 1, 6 if 



m 



t» 



f= 



9-9 



sing. 



JJJJJJJ 



^ffrt 






lovely land beyond the tomb, 
lovely land beyond the tomb, Country where 'tis always 



=£=£ 



*fc 



« 



£=£ 



i - ajwjah 



D.S. 



I 



— a t-^ — ■ ai — 



^'g'^ ^ 3 - Jg 



r 



Country where 'tis always spring, charming flowers always bloom; 

spring, charming flowers always bloom;, 

1 S 



m 



l> rf V % V V $ t$ $ $ $ p fjU 



Jjjjjjj 



1 



29 



What Could I Do Without Jesus? 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. R. B. Jr. in "Blessed Hope" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 

N & ts fs 



u 



m 



h 



m 



P=E 



m 



^B 



1. What could I do without Je-susWhen hordes of sin mo-lest? 

2. What could I do without Je-sus? I am so weak and small, 

3. What could I do without Je-sus? Who would protect my soul? 



^fj 1 *^-*- * ■ ^ ~Vq ^=:^±:^± £ | g 



rf: 



i B r& t tz 



db& 



ft jjj 



fcqs: 



rV=F 



^ 






^ -!-*-*» 



Where could I go to find ref-uge?Where would my soul find rest? 
Who would be my el-derbroth-er, Ran-som me from the fall? 
Whatwouldguidemeto the har-bor When the rough billows roll? 



A ♦ A A 






^£ 



:f=& 



S 



E 



P^ 



y— e 



30 



The Glad Reunion Day 



Copyright, XB56, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
R. E. R International Copyright Secured Rev. Renus E. Rkh 



\J} h h4 P> _[S P> _fS _\-m\ _[> _P> f p=?S 



P 



S=fc 






iNi ' JJ 



1. When we see the Sav-ior coming back from heaven, That will be a 

2. We shall see our loved ones— fathers and our moth-ers— On that glad and 

3. We shall live for-ev- er with our bless-ed Sav-ior, In that land of 



± 



§ 



s@ 



FFff 



pmn 



y — y — y 



mm 



rr~K 



i£ 



J5=S=S=S 



i, s 



J • 'H^ ' rjr^c r z\ 



glad re - un-ion day, 
great re - un - ion day, 
nev - er - end-ing day, 



m 



m r p* 5 



in glo - ry; When He claims the ones to 

in glo - ry; Loving friends and kindred— 

in glo-ry; We shall praise Him for His 

± 



to 



spPiffff 



5 



i < u - — ' I v — 



g — g 



p 



b r> r> S 3 






^S 



a=s=2: 



whom new life is giv-en,Thatwillbea glad re -un-ion day. 
sis - tersandourbrothers— On that wonderful re -un-ion day. 
sav - ing grace and fa-vor, Ev'ry pain and sorrow past a -way. 



i * \ JTJT Ji 



m 



m p p p 



mm 



m 



&~jzzi^ \j y 



y—y 



f^f 



y y 



Chorus 



r=: 



rr~N 



3~£ 



H 



^M j l jj d 3 



*i— s- 



*"— «l — * 



•t- 



Glad day ! great day.When He comes to take His Bride a - way; 



fW 



I 



Mm 



to glo - ry; 



ESQ 



1 



H 



ffi 



^'^L* L> ^ 



k fA^ h] 



3 



I 



«^ 



Glad day! great day, That will be the glad re - un - ion day. 



±^ 






^fe£ 



i 



w 



5 



^ 



[7 y 



31 



Down On Yonr Knees 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
S. C. International Copyright Secured Shirley Cook 

h— h — & — r> b — h, n n n 






Ili 






1. Je - sus the Sav-ior is precious to me, For on Him I can de- 

2. Sometimes I feel that I can-not go on, But to me He shows the 




£==37 



WZZ3k~ 



h h r> 



( m 



pend; When I am bur-dened or troubled with - in, He is my 
way; Al -ways He gives me what- ev - er I need/That's why 1 

— ~ — p— n* ♦ ♦• 



9 



£EE 



> U fc 



i 



♦ — i* — ~p% i - 



U V V- 



i 



9 u — ^ 



Chorus 






g^ 



f^ 



^331 



un-fail-ing friend. Down on your knees, trust Him, and 

trust Him each day. Down on your knees, you'll find re - lief, 






i 



^5 



-£-^ 



V — V— V 



w 



^ 



s 



-X- 2 - 



Je-sus will meet with you there; Down on your 

Down on your knees, 



fc £££ £ 



^ 



• -^' 2 



£-C ir I '" 



J 2 J 



IHH^ 



J2=tl 



^ 



^Era 



g ± ♦ m - 



knees, pray to Him, Heav-en draws near-er thru prayer, 

pour out your soul, 



2- 



^S 



2 J J +. ^ -_ ^ ^ 



^ 



U ^ 



■p — V tr 



nsm 



r 



32 



Jesus Is Coming Again 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Mrs. C. R. B. International Copyright Secured Mrs. C. R. Ballou 




B 



p=t*=^^l 



^ « ' ^ J 



1. If Je-sus should come in His glo-ry to-night, The end of this 

2. Our bless-ed Re- deem -er is com-ing some day, We know not the 
3.0 may we be read- y when He shall ap-pear, To-day. is the 



egffif p p p p p i F g-E 




p^""f~^~l 



*=5 



rqj 



life to de-clare, would you be read-y in garments of white, 
day nor the hour; With an -gels at -tend-ing He'll bear us a - way, 
time to pre- pare, O- bey Him and be free from doubting and fear, 

▲ A A — *■ * — A- 



B 



FFF 




Chorus 



PS 



»* d J. 3 



i=» 



t^TT 3 



To meet Him on clouds in the air? 
In maj - es - ty, glo - ry and pow'r. 
For-ev-er His glo - ry to share. 



Com-ing a - gain, 



He is 



Ml - F -I - F F 




m 



^f^t 



M l g " 



r 



com-ing a-gain, No one knows when He shall come; But from the bright 

in power shall come; • 



w 



A A- 



feE* ■ 5j 



g A f 



A—A 



fcc 



:e=e 



ii 



^ 



3B 



g=3=* 



«f 



FS 



rrr 



portals He's coming a-gain, To gather His faithful ones home. 



to gather them home. 



PS 



:sz=:szzsz=iZ 



A g 



J^ J J 

r f 



i 



33 



I'm Going To Live With Jesus 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. W. L International Copyright Secured Jej S W, Lasley 




=£ 



J J « 



h h 



l."Therewill be no dis - ap-pointments in heav-en," Wherewith 

2. Ho - ly an - gels there are gath-ered to - geth - er, Sing - ing 

3. On - ly those who by the blood are made ho - ly Ev - er 

fz -£: &. fee 



£ 



i^^ 



I 



3±a 






sat 



^ 



m 



f* — N 



jji iij a 



s 



s 



Je - sus for - ev - er we'll be; There will nev - er come to us a 
prais-es to Je - sus the King, And unnumbered redeemed ones u- 
en - ter that glo - ri- ous place; Go to Je - sus just now for soul 

b jat- -. jl t 



£ 



£ 



t± 



f^H* 



s 



^ 



iil 



_s 



Fiwe Chorus 



^ 



g 3 * 



ft** 



s-j-^— su* 






heart-ache, dear friends.won't you go therewith me? 

nit - ed, Mak-ing an-thems of vie - to - ry ring, 

cleans-ing, And the saved by God's won-der - ful grace. 

tz ~ 



I am 



Iff i f TV 



*. r* 



w 



^ 



^ 



A 5. IE 



ffi 



V=F 



^^^^ 



tzzdz 



D.S.-In the beau - ti - ful home of the soul. 



■^-g ^ aq ™ «►■ 






stts 



£=2 



go- ing to live there with Je - sus, While the a - ges un 



s=:s 



i2=z£ 






=F 



r^ — k 



hnjju a 



S±ts 



end- ing shall roll; He is wait- ing His own to give wel-come, 



& >p 



FP 



E=a: 



B — g 



f 



h. h. 



g ,JP 



I 



34 



Away Up In Heaven 



Copyright, 195G, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 

International Copyright Secured Words and Music by 

The Old Dominion Quartet 




1. Mansions are wait-ing up in heav-en fair, Je - sus pre-pared for 

2. If we ex-pect to wear a crown of life, We must be faith -ful 




fS^M^Eg^l 



you and me, 'way up yon-der; In thatbrightland we'll dwellwith friends we love, 
here be- low, always faith ful; He will re-ward us in that home a - bove, 



ir 



*L 



A A 



>^£ 



fctezfe 



rf 



rr 



i- 




Fine Chorus 



-» — " — * ■■ <y 
Hap - py thru-cfut e- ter - ni - ty. w Well, well! a - way up 

Where we His glo - ry brightshall know. A - way up 



£#£ 



m 



Br 



f 



£=£ 



D.S.-Liv-ing with Christwhere joy shall reign? 



M= 




ej^-^- c rr^r 



Free from sin, 

Free, yes, free from sin, 



35 



Because lie Loved Me So 



Copyright, 195G, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
L. G. P. • International Copyright Secured Luther G. Presley 

-h— ft 







^ 



azzs 



1. I saw Him yonder one day, one day, His head was bowed in woe; 

2. The cross was lift-ed and stood in place, Such grief we can- not know; 

3. Fa - ther forgive them,His dying pray'r, His voice was sweet and low; 



:: 



mm 



F¥4 



ft 



I 



P 



Bk 



%b 



m 



fv— ^ 



m 



* 



^k~zr^zzA 



ZZ*_E* 



^w-^ 



a^ 



rv 



I asked my Savior, and I heard Him say, Be-cause He loved me 
I saw the an-swer on His troubled face, 
I knew the reason for His anguish there, 



£&& 



!*■ A" 



ffi 



:szzs: 



f 



FT 



Chorus Allegro 



EZC*. 



&£ 




rT~t 



K^TCr 



so. Oh, how won-der-fuL, wonderful, this precious love, 

loved me so. how sweet love, 




This sav-ing love, re-deenving love, Oh, how won-der- ful, 

great love, _ how 



I 



F^r TlTH^^ fcF 



a 



i## 



s 



s 



±r 



i i fJ frA-|-is- 

< ja-a-d- S L T gr * ' « r J- « u -« l )pH- 



s 



wonderful that He came from above,Because He loved me so. 

loved me so. 



II 



36 



A Place Called Paradise 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Jessie Cetilia Earle International Copyright Secured B B Edmiaston 



h — fv 






s+S=P 



IM 



5=f* 



fc— fr 



3^=^ 



x i a J 



1. We've heard of a place that's called Par - a - dise, We're hop - ing to 

2. If we o - bey Him while on earth we stay .There's peace and a 



I 



£zfcfi 



EHE 



S 



B — \ V V V V V V 



V V 



^ h ^ 



m 



BE 



_ — *. «i — «^ 

^ jJ L-AJ Ah At 



t 



go there some hap-py day; A coun-try where there will be no sun-rise, 
rest-ing place for each one; Be-yond the dark riv - er is fade-less day, 



Vffm 



K 1* r* 



mM 



s 



V B U 1 



V \U U U U V -9 



Chorus 






& 



For Je-sus, the Light.drives all night away. A place called Par - a-" 
And life while the un - end - ing a - ges run. A beau-ti - ful place that is 



r# *= an 



ffirgff 



fct 



V V V V V ^ 



fe=^ 



at 



B 



ft: J N 



M 



dise, A home be-yond the skies; A 

called Par - a - dise, A won - der - ful home far a-bove the blue skies; 



ft * b II II f l 



U i 1^ U t^ 1 ^ U -g-l l ^ U 



ZZ3 



±=& 



£ 



r\ r^ h r> 



* w Jj~j ri>jii 



H3E3 



^ — * * 



land of delight, where cometh no night, A place called Par-a - dise. 






m 



bit 



fe£^#=£ 



ia 



37 



Help Somebody Find the Way 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Prais#" 
C. M. International Copyright Secured Clark Mobley 



J - J w- 



fM> 



r p p t $ 

A A A A- 



1 



3 3 3 3 * fci 



m> & * S ^ 



1. Help somobod-y find the way, lesttheyfall or go a-stray,Man-y 

2. There is somethingyou can say that will help the ones a - stray, 



^ 



^im^ B 



L- C i f-£ 



T 



te£ 



i* 



sa 



###^ 



=£=^ : 



I 



it 



-*r-5- 



#=^ 



^ -^j -^ 



nowneed Je-sus as theirfriend and guide; Tell some bod-y of His 

Go out and show the world He is your 

iff 



v t trr: C:\zC f, r l ^i: 



1 



£ 



g L* b 1 g 



v$ J 9 J f j ^ 



h K N N 



fc=s 



D. S. - If they live without the 



i 



sEE£5 



4j > ~£ A 



£=$ 



S=i" 



t ?tt^ ri a 



*• ^ ■*-* 



love, point them to the throne above.They can meet the ho - ly Dove their 
friend, and will be un - til the end, He can cleanse you from all sin, for 



£-£&&£ 



HeS 



rt Vt 



#- 



£ 



^3 



b b b s 



"p i* 



Lord, sow-ing fol - ly and discord, They will miss the great reward e- 



Fine Chorus 



^ai 



?* — h— h — fr 



&=* 



£ 



P 



ft p r 



« 






sins to hide. Pass the word a - long the line, Je - sus is a 

you He died. My brother, 



W ^ 



=*— X- 



&££ 



^ 



A A A. 



P 



r£^ 



fe 



f u g \y . 



rr^ 



ter-nal - ly. 



p^ H HH i U dii-* ™l l 



friend di-vine, Ev- er let your love-light shine that all may see; 



v i; 17 



Go tell them 
1 



S 



1 



:>_ :^, 






f 



p 



££ 



38 



When Pm Alone 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
G. T. P. International Copyright Secured Glen T. Presley 




tt=K 



iizrft 



fr^g 



rrr 



*F= 



1. When I'm a -lone I feel a nearness to Je-sus, The dearest Friend that 

2. To be withHimremovestheshadowsofdarkness.Onelov-ingtouchand 

rim- 




I have ev-er known; He always hears when onHisnamel'mcall-ing, 
all my fears are gone; Why don't you come and give your life to Je-sus? 




Gladness He gives when I'm a - lone. When I'm a - lone He gives me strength and 
New hope you'll find with Him a -lone. 



m 






m ,(» 



jsl «. :_ JE. 



a 



b b V 



v v y 



u u U 1 



$Ex 



f*=5 



f*F 



^^^^-j^ ^t^l^s^^ 




cour-age, To trustHis love till clouds above have flown; He al-ways 




jives to me the sweetest blessings, When I walk with Him a-lone. 

with Him a-lone. 



JiN-V, 



39 



When Ambassadors Go Away 



(In memory of Lem Edge, of Ambassador Quartet; dedicated to his relatives and frieads) 

Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 

H. Z. T. International Copyright Secured H. Z. (Doc) Tanksley 




* ft 

1. We can- not un-derstand why sor-row So oft-en comes up-on us«here; 

2. Am-bas - sa-dors will oft - en leave us, And go up to that better home; 

3. Am-bas -sa-dors, glad song e-vangels! We miss their joyous sin g-i rig here; 




But we shall know on some tomorrow,When shadows all shall dis - appear. 
Our hearts are sadwhen they have left us, But we shall meet no more to roam. 
But we shall join them, with the Savior, When He to claim us shall ap- pear. 



I \t L> IT \j v E3 I Y r^FH 



£b 



m 



Chorus 



a j' j i 



i»P 



/JlJ-— T ^-J ^ 



^ 



P=P 



C C £ - 1 •* 



1 1 
We'll know a -bout it o-ver there, In glo - ry 

We'll know a - bout it o - ver there, In 



P=fc 

SZ5-L 



iifei 



l 



g — e — p 




i 



Ji 



jTOT?J': f, Jl.:r.^ 



g gr r i tt r * *T&f 



land, where all is love; We'll shout and sing withlov-ing 

glo - ry land, where all is love; We'll shout and sing with 




friends, And praise the Lord „ at home a - bove, 

lov - ing friends, And praise the Lord at homea-bove. 






fcgf v ,f i iffp |yyy 



i 



bove. 



40 



Thy Love Is Mine 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise** 
B. L. Neely International Copyright Secured Pat J-J. Baxter 




•■ ; 



Z Z t IT n ^ ^TTTT 



1. 1 thank Thee.Lord, for love di-vine, 

2. My trust-ing soul itmakesre-joice, 

3. Near me stay Thou, dear Lord, I pray, 



PFFP 



fcfe 



n 



an 10— 

3£ 



s 



i 



=*& 



^ 



^ 



cryr?^ 



^f 



r 



free; The love that 
mine; I praise Thy 
more; And clos - er 



So pure, so full . 
To know Thy love . 
That I may serve 



and free, and 

is mine, is 

Thee more, and 

J. 



m 



frFf r lit gj 



■=> — s- 



Jl 5- 



ig 



3^ 



-^=N 



jSl 



2^ 



h—fv 



makes 

name 

let 



^T 



-*1 5- 



r 1 t t t t" "■ * 



me tru - ly Thine, Thy grace a- 

with heart and voice, To Thee my 

me walk each day, To Thee whom 



m 



•) K u. 



L *■ » 



-*i — s- 



£ 



w c? 



D. S. - Thy guidance 



t^ 



Fine Chorus 



3 



£=£=£ 



m 



lone 
life. 
I .. 



my plea, my plea. 

. '. in-cline, in-cline. 

a - dore, a - dore. My burdens all 



My bur-dens 



¥=± 



u — u 



B„ . . ^ — _^i W. ^»— 



f*^? 



*» — s- 



Lord, I seek, I seek. 



fc± 



=*» h ' h 



3^3^ 



s=^ 



M 



3 



11 



all 



-=»— a- 



rryrr 



r* 



help me to bear, For I am poor and 

help me to bear, For I am poor and 



K 



•*$ 



[ ^l? ^ F 



-=»— S- 



rr Ji g g - 
■ » — ^ — i^~* — ***" 



V — u — u 



Thy Love Is Mine 



i 



i 



-j^h?- 



D.S. 



3 



a 



7T P CT 



r^r-j'c u tT 



I am weak; I need Thy love and ten -der care, 

weak; I need Thy love and tender care, 



fe*-H-f 



£ 



ic 



P^PPB 



-n— 5- 



? 



41 



Open Up Your Heart 



( Dedicated to the Orchard Hill Baptist Church) 

Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 

Mrs. C. H. International Copyright Secured Mrs. Geo Holshouser 




£2 



££ 



£ 






♦ L — g ♦" J 



* — *T" 



1. In a lit -tie country church standing by the road, Is where the lov-ing 
2.1 can tell you what it means to be all a-lone,Withnoonewhocan 
3. Why do you re-main a - way from this precious f riend.Who died thai you might 

i r r n r.t r r — ^^ — 



1= 



jgEfefe E - H7 U U 



i 



^ 



EZZEZZi 



£ 



- a, ' *■ 



sua. 



Ek 



* 



h— N 






-Aj ^ 



* a a a 



Sav -ior spoke to me, Say-ing,Come to me just now, I will give you rest; 
take a -way my sin, Till I heard the Savior's voice bidding me in love 
be made free from sin? He'll for-give you, if you come humbly un - to Him, 



g-A4tf 



4*Z 



rarr 



1 



m 



i> z t i | ° ' -£_[/ I i 7 1 7 17 b I [J g IT— j ^ 



m 



$ 



h — i\ 



D. S. - He is knocking at the door of each troubled soul, 
Fine Chorus 



I 



•±5=5±=t* 



5=^ 



fv-T> 



jf^ 2 ^ 



2 a! 3 3 y ^ 



I o-pened up my heart, and now I'm free. 

To o - pen up my heart and let Him in. I o-pened up my 

Just o - pen up your heart and let Him in. 

-r* ^ 



sa^ 



f-t— == 

■ 9 m - m — 9- 



A. A. A £ A. 



S 



a^8}_ 



F 



u \u u U v 



y v V V V V V ,V V 
Just o - pen up your heart and let Him in. 



Si£ £ — *> 



5 h P p v 



D.S. 



1 



^==P 



C5r=K 



2a 



^^ 



IJ3 g =g 



1 



a '3: * 



* ^ > 

heart and let Him in. In love and mer-cy He for-gavemy sin; 



i U b P P P P P P P - ^ 



42 



I Sailed Back 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
L. G. P. International Copyright Secured Luther G. Pretley 

£» — r* — is, i ^ is J* — is_ 




J ? ^ 



^ 



1. Last night I sailed down mem -'ry's riv - er, Heard sweet voic- 
2. 1 heard the lit - - tie song-birds sing-ing, Giv - ing out 
3. How dear to me those scenes of child-hood, Yet I know 




£ 



£ 



4=4=\ 



es call - ing me; Back to the days now gone for - ev - er, 
their soft re-frain; And once a - gain the home-bells ring-ing, 

it was a dream; Sur-round-ed by en-chant-ing wildwood, 



NMP 



r ' r r i — f=t 

p — b — b — b— H> — l — ■ 






F 



* ' C £ g 'f^f 



A child a - gain at moth-er's knee. Sailed back. 

To me it was so ver - y plain. 

So won - der - ful it all did seem. Yes, I sailed back 



i TTFV- g 



W TV 



P 






in mydreaming,To that hut so pre-cious to 

in my dreaming, To that hut 




L T ¥-g"F F p ' r 



r^ 



me ; Saw the lights brightly beam-ing, 

to me; I saw the lights brightly beaming, 



n£§i£ 



*zc 



zsz* 



•v — tt 



^^ 



[ Sailed Back 

iv 



J ; j J J- - z^=j> 

i> ; u r r E 3 



5«£ 



1 



F 



Played a • gain at mother's knee. 

Played a -gain at mother's knee. 



II 



F 



43 



Shine, God's Chi 



dren 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. C. International Copyright Secured Jesse Cook 



^ 



&=$ 



fes 



M'i'^ i 



1. Shine ? God's children, giv-ing light to some lost sin- ner, Keep the gos -pel 

2. Shine.God's children, like the sunbeams of the morning, Let your light shine 



» 






S 



P 




da o p j 



* 



p=^ 



te=fe 



* 



? 



1*13 



-■ — a — a* 



-4-4 



ban - ner waving high; Work for Je-sus, if you'd sure-ly be a winner, 
brighter ev-'ry day; To the lost ones of the judgment day give warning, 

fr. f-' 



m 



mm 



£ A. A. 



E£ 



t 



ik. fc»_hK 



u> i> 1/ 

D. S.-Tell the sto - ry of the blessed King of glo - ry, 
Fine Chorus 



£ 



^ 



$==«[ 



*-*=& 



r^ 



And you'll be re- ward -ed by and by. Shine,God'schildren,keepyour 
Help to show to them the homeward way. 



PHt^r 



2=^^ 



As you trav - el thru this world be - low 



D.S. 



J& 



33 



h — fv 



^ 



^^ 



a a - =i 



m 



lamps all trimmed and burning,Let them shine wherev - er you may go; 

It 



fr£ £f 



7 — b — fcr- 



^-2E- 



y 



44 



He Purchased My Redemption 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Rev. Alfred Barratt International Copyright Secured Jimmie M. Jacob* 




ffi 



Pf 



a ~~ a 



1. My heart was sad and wea - ry, de-void of hope and cheer, The 

2. When Je - sus came and found me, my heart was full of sin, He 

3. My life is filled with beau- ty, with joy I press a -long, His 

4. .Some day in realms of glo - ry, in mansions bright a-bove, I'll 



anpf EEE I I £ |Jg ^ H 



ii™ 



h r> p> p» 



ft- N— h— ^ 



N IS N , ..S 



aczsl 






^ 



^ — ^i — ^ 



path was long and dreary, be - set with grief and fear;Till Je-sus Christ the 
put His arms around me and gave me joy within; Sometimes I pause and 
love-light crowns each du - ty and fills the day with song; 'Tis sweet to five for 
sing the old, old sto-ry of N Je-sus and His love, With yonder an -gel 



Si 



tlfffr ff| 1 1 p ^ p : t lf g g g 
- h k - k i %. I s _r ^ j _r i 

W a 1 m J ** —* * — ^ — I ^ ^ 



a 




Sav-ior in mer-cy set me free, 

wonder why He should care for me, He purchased my re-demption on 

Je • sus from sin and sor-row free, 

cho-rus and this my song shall' be, 



sg 



f 



a 



ft 



$^££ 



Fine Chorus 



r> — r> 



13 



-Shr 



f 



I? I? I? I ? 



$ 



a>~ ~a: 



p ^ r r 



*T 



blood-stained Cal-va - ry. He purchased my re-demp-tion, on blood-stained 



fet* 



m 



B 



P=-s 



^tftf ^ 



n rs h 



azza 



s 






Cal - va - ry, He gave His life a ran-som to set the sin -ner free, 



M,l> p f iV |f F F F F f 1 if 



ippS 



Be Purchased My Redemption 



5 



r^= 



N D - S - 



t^^r^rr 



He left His home in glo - ry to bear the cross for me, 



i ■ J » r 1 



^^4-^-4 1 



* 



B 



^-fx 



45 



Jesus On the Shore 



(John 21: 1-14) 

(Dedicated to my wife, Ida Barnett Stewart) 

Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 

W. C. S. International Copyright Secured W. C. Stewart 




2i ^ ^ »U J J ♦ ^ »J j g 



1. All their ef-forts had been wast-ed, Till a stran-ger on the shore 

2. Days a- go the Mas-ter suf-fered, On the cru - el cross was slain; 

3. Tho' we toil a - mid the shadows, We are nev - er left a - lone; 



I I ~ <fc. *>j 



I 



s 



F 



1 EJ ; 



i 



x^-g 



Spoke un- to thewea-ry fish-ers, Then their nets could hold no more. 
Now He stands, a - live for - ev - er, Turn-ing loss - es in - to gain. 
Dear - er than a lov - ing moth-er, God is watch-ing o'er His own. 



F f t Mr b f F F L 



m 



tr r»~ *. 



HE 






P 



» a *> 



-5— 



a: 



'It is Je-sus!" shouted Pe - ter, As He plunged in - to the sea, 
Je - sus, Sav-ior, Lord and Mas-ter, Thou art stand-ing by life's sea, 
Therewill be abrightto-morrow.Greaterthingswill be in store; 



S 



ffirfTr i rffr 



s. 



±- Hti ^ 



m 



2 - a * 



EEa 



^f 



it was a hap - py morning,There be -side blue Gal - i - lee. 

Ev - er watching thru the darkness. As of old in Gal - i - lee. 
When our night of toil is o - ver,There'll be Je - sus on the shore. 



£ 



m 



m 



_* «_ 



i^b 



l 



46 



Have You Met the Man of Galilee? 



Copyright, 1956, by 6tamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
E. H. W. International Copyright Secured Eugene H Whitt 



ft— fr--ft—ft 



5E2 



di-vine, do you know this pre-cious 
; and sin, if you have not joy and 



aI a! as a ^ ' 



b b b b u 

1. Have you been redeemed by love di-vine, do you know this pre 

2. If your life is filled with doubt and sin, if you have not joy 

cz a — 1+ 14> ** .♦ i* tti- — J^" -*. 1 . ■«► <* .A .*> -», 



CTTT1* 1* 1* 1* 1* 1*" — "T^ - 1* 1 1 ]♦ r» (♦ !♦ 1* i* 



ESSES 



'^^S^S 



i 



^ 



friend of mine, Do you know His love is free, yes, free to ev - 'ry - bod - y? 
peace within, If His blessed face you'd see, if you would meet the Sav-ior, 



SE 



^ 



jfllllll 



w^ 



& 



he — k.- he 






ft-fr-ft-fr-i * & -I s 



^zaiTJB±3i±=a~^u 



1 



S^3 



aL aI at a a fr y 1 ^ 



n n t't 



Tho you may be wand'ring out in sin, who - so - ev - er comes He 
With an humble heart just kneel and pray, ask the Lord to take your 



l*- — i* — i* r* r*- 

H-H-4 



? ff F ff E* g 



u > u u -v- 



D.S.-Will be with us as we on-ward go, and will safe - ly keep His 

Fine 



fe ^jjiji^ g 



3 



^=£ 



3 



)f Gal - i - lee? 
)f Gal • i - lee. 

J J J J 



will take in— Have you met the Man of Gal • i - lee, of Gal - i - lee? 
sins a-way— Come and meet the Man of Gal - i - lee, of Gal - i - lee. 



■p^ — h- — K i i » — r» 1* — i*- 



^J: 



1 



u- 



w — w — g 



9 — P — P — tr - "-*- 



own,we know-Have you met the Man of Gal - i • lee, of Gal • i - lee? 
Chorus 




^ffi^ 



fP-ft ft ft g 



S= 



aj_ a] a] "a — a: 



A] Al At 



A^^BI 



Have you ev- er met the Ho - ly One, Je-sus Christ, the Might-y 



1 5 



s 



.-. 1 L I I -hi '. I 

h* tf h jr— ty ha jte ijjj ifc ha~ 

? b b b V P V V 



ffffff 



Have You Met the Man of Galilee? 



i 



D.S. 



BE 



3Z1 



ES 



n a 



ff£^ 



ajzza 



-J 



*P^* p c 



Father's Son? He who rules the land and see, 



trr 



He walked up -on the wa-ters, 



& £&W 



I 



£ 



-* — «- 



47 



Guide Us, Blessed Savior 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
A. F. International Copyright Secured Ann Floyd 



A'U h s IS r> -J ll J 1 J J 1 1 r^ 


#i>t4^^^4^^ = ^^^T^-t-4-t-^, J 1 ^ 


1. Guide us byThymigh 

2. Help us walk close by! 

rm k* /9 m "F" " 


tyhj 
'hys 


md, 
idee 


OLord,] 

achday,^ 

p 


Ev-< 
^hri 


^^ -a. » ; 

;r di - rect our steps a - bove; 
l shadows our hands gently hold; 

09 m k .. ^ 


|Be h4L^ 




s L 




















i 


=M — 


£%4£=fc 


?— 


7 — i — ' 










7— 




r h 






*> — 


tJ-J 



4^j4 



sfe 



-J *t 



« — •■ 



#*f 



Keep us in the great light of Thy word, Help us to show Thy sav-ing love. 
We would praise Thee all a-long this way,And then with saints in heaven's fold. 



£ 



« Mrgl g EF 



fif § i f r i M 



W- 



Chorus 



jy-fr « » g J 



£5 



-n— 5- 



^5 -T-^-^-g : 



s 



IE 



^ 



r 



^T^ 



i ■ — - p 

Guide our steps, bless-ed Savior.Keep us close byThyside.we pray; 

Guide us.blessed Sav - ior, 



B^ 



n 



je ^ 



^ 



n r r 






4Hrt 



LfoU J J. " 



SSi 



6 



f*§ 



C^ 



^ 



By Thy love andThymercy.Guideusandkeepus all the way. 

By Thy love and mer - cy, 

-jAr- -jAr- 



6 



& 



-=!—«- 



ff f F i FFff 



4h 



48 



Looking and Listening 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. M. Henson International Copyright Secured \y. M. DeVaughn 




£=$=£ 



*=& 



r-*---H— » 



4* 1 * *1FZ 



♦ — * — ♦■ 
a — a — a- 



^ ^ ^ ^ 

1. Look -ing and list-'ning for my dear Sav-ior, Down on a glo - ry cloud; 

2. Do - ing my du - ty, grow-ing in beau-ty, Of His a - bid -ing grace; 

3. Work-ihg and trusting, dai - ly ad -just -ing, Ev-'ry-thingto His will, 



Bi}tsftFifmg|fig=£££ 



I I a a j j j pj j a 



EE5 



* 



a— fl-^l 



# 



Sing- ing and pray-ing, dai - ly o - bey -ing, Shouting His praise a - loud, 
Read - y to meet Him, read - y to greet Him, Soon to be - hold His face, 
Ev - er- more yearning for His re- turn- ing, Try -ing my place to fill; 



EXg- i -S-BcEfftrm 



^ 



F> ft p. r. 



f> Ft r- r» 



g^hhH 



*=** 



H fl 1 » ^ 



Read - y to meet Him, read- y to greet Him, When He shall come that day, 
what a sto - ry, it will be glo -ry, Shin -ing in bright ar - ray, 
With my lamps burning for His re - turn-ing, Com - ing in bright ar - ray , 



e *£-T£frF i £ #£i 



2=2 



■ — ■ 



5Z~ 



D.S.-Safe in His keep-ing, glo - ry issweep-ing, O - ver the homeward way, 

ft ft & fr ... ft Bl b ■£ .. K K N K ... Bflfi. 



Ntii^hto 



J a ] X— 3 ^~ 



2 t l f -^ 



cr-r 



Won-der-ful sto- ry, it will be glo - ry, With Him to fly a - way. 
Wait- ing and read - y, serv-ing Him stead-y , With Him to fly a - way. 
Look- ing and list'ning, for my dear Sav- ior , Read - y to fly a - way. 



H 



ttlS- 



i 



^ Jl-J 



2E2E5 



U— t 



■ i p U U U ' ^^ —^a 



Won-der-ful sto-ry, 
Chorus 



it will be glo - ry, With Him to fly a - way 




£=£ 



S=& 



5 — K 



&=& 



fN — i** 



*» — a — a — * — 1 

g ■ — a a *- 



a i i 



f*=* 



* 



Look-ing and list'ning, O it is glo - ry, Just to ex - pect my Lord, 



i 



b 



SeI 



1^ y -E" 



is 



Looking and Listening 



*=£ 



£=£ 



— £— - — r 
-W — *. — s 



BE 



rni: 



D.S. 



1 



* 



^--^ 



^^S 



JOB 



^ 



Sing-ing and praying, won-der - fill sto - ry, Found in His precious word; 



•nn^i\ttir^ftrH\n 



49 



Christian Joys 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
S. A. S. Internationa] Copyright Secured S. A. Summerland 



M 



5 



fe 



wm 



m 



1. There's a beau-ti-ful mel - o - dy in my heart, Giv-ing won-der-ful 

2. There's a beau- ti - ful mem - o - ry in my heart, Of a won-der-ful, 

3. There's a beau - ti - ful life - giv - ing sto - ry too, From the Bi - ble we 

4. There's a beau-ti - ful prom-ise of heav'n a-bove, For the faith-ful of 



^H4 5 g E 



g 6 pp f 



I 



JSL 



If 



H 



^ 



s 



peace to my soul; It was giv - en to me by re-deem-ing love, 

glo - ri - ous day; When I came to the Sav-ior with all my sin, 

gath - er this truth; We could nev - er de-scribe all the beau - ty there, 

life's wea - ry throng; How we'll en - ter His presence with glorious prake, 

*~\ 



s^£ 



jtt m. Z- m. 

h I I \- 



E 



m 



€>-*-& 



•s^ *- 



m 



D.S. -He has giv -en me sunshine and peace within, 
Fine Chorus 



||| \ $ ' W N j j j 



. When to Je - sus I yield - ed con - trol. 
* And He took all my bur - dens a - way. 

If we tried from the days of our youth. 

Join - ing in sweet redemption's glad song. 



I am prais-ing the 



S£ 



I 



E l^ : > U 



ii* 



» 



E 



^jr 



£=£=^ 



And has cleansed me from sin and from strife. 




^ 



Bill Jlj; P 



e< ♦ e* 



Sav - ior for Christian joys, And for all He has done for my lifeT 



si f hf F 



is ;g 



S 






50 



Some Happy Day 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
K. W. T. International Copyright Secured Kenneth W. Tuttle 

-ft ft- 



^3 




5^ 



3* 



1. 1 once was blue, down-hearted too, knew not the way to go; Was 

2. I've found the way, abright-er day has dawned for me, I know; He 

3. Some hap- py day I'll fly a -way to live in par-a-dise; 



r* r** 



m 



m 



g as 



H 



f 



^m 



ft ft ^==M , N 

— x— * — g- * ft » 






fc 



3 






+=^ 



deep in sin, no hope with-in, was sick with pain and woe; But now I'm 
gives release and sweetest peace, rich bless-ings doth bestow; Come,friends, and 
'twill be sweet,my friends, to meet, and say no more goodbyes; I want to 



3£ 



m 



:*— e_4 



*• # 



ffi E D 



17TV V 



£ y y y [Zu 




ftj 



TS — N=R 



y V 
ft 



ii^.l^Hl 



SIZS 



healed,Christ has revealed the plan of love to me, I nev - er grope, He 
love the Lord a-bove, to Him be always true; You can de-pend on 
shout and walk a- bout, there on the streets of gold,Where all is bright.in 



C C L C 

v b u t^ 



item 



f 



*jt 



y- 



tr 



D.S.-To dwell in love in 
Chorus 



m 



J^J-N-J^ E 



m 



B 



iP 



^ w ' i 



gives me hope, I'm living glad and free. Some hap - - py day I'll 

Christ, your friend, to guide you safely thru. 
heav-en'slight,andnoonee'ergrowsold. Some bright day, happy day 



I 



£ 



a 



S±£ 



EZE 



H 



F 



g — e 



t 



rir 



u * i\ ■ u i; y 

heav'n above thru all e - ter - ni - ty. 



fc foW^l t i^,r..n ^^ 




tirir"'['frC'.'iririr 

fly a - way; I'll meet my Lord on that great 

a -way; I shall meet Christ.myLord,- 



M 



A , m (kr 



v U U 



Z'.wzzwl 

:7~f 



& 



35 



W 



Some Happy Day 




j^JL-pU^^ 



1 



| D.S. 



zxz^z'z ^TT Z^ 



day; With pre - • cious friends He'll welcome me, 

crowning day; With my friends, precious friends, welcome me, 



*> b b b b b b b b 



^E 



S 



51 



Let the Sunshine Come In 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Mrs. M. J. International Copyright Secured Mrs. Margaret Johnston 




i 



ji-d i 3 



fr > ■ 5 1 itf i^ 



2=2 



1. Wea -ry, discouraged and filled with despair, Comfort not found, tho you've 

2. Brighten your life by be- hold- ing His face, Trust in His mer-cy your 

3. Tar - ry no long- er, lest you be too late, Judgment is com- ing and 



f— P- 



-*t_ 



"£»' B> i 



fflTT 






st 




^ 



i 



t= 



i^Pi 



X=S5t 



TV 



sought ev - 'ry-where, Burdens seem more than you're a - ble to bear? 
sins to e - rase, Grow in His knowledge and won - der - ful grace; 
it will not wait; Let not e - ter - nal death be your sad fate, 

-A- 



§ 



m 



A « 



^-£r 



s 



£ 



g 3 



D.S. -Turn to Him now and the new life be - gin, 
FiiNE Chorus 



kQj=j 



-* 1 - 5 — ♦ 



* i % T 

Let the sweet sunshine of Je-sus come in. Let the sweet sunshine of 



m 






tip 






g_fc • stilus 



l 



tm 



«__U 9- 




3 



i 



D.S. 



i 



*i- 4J L^J ^f 



Ie - sus come in, Let it drive out all the dark-ness of sin; 

-£■-* 1*-' T** T*f -jfc- 

o » 



4SL£ 



— 



^^=S 



H 



52 God's Love For Me 

(Dedicated to my family) 
Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing- Co., in "Happy Praise" 



C.J. 



International Copyright Secured 



Celeste Johnson 



fc£ 



'»\ifl\WJMfkMli\^ 



m 



.1. If you should ask why Je- sus died for me, Why His life-blood was 
2.1 marvel He would leave His throne above, To man - i - fest for 
3. praise His name,one thing I sure-lyknow, Nooth-er one could 



•kc — a U 



M 



ft 



1 



4 



& » 



V— V 



V u 




fv-h 



J«N1ff l 



m 



^m 



f%M 



shed up -oh the treeT Why such great loss and bit-ter ag - o - ny, 

me such tender love; I on - ly know He did it all to prove 

ev - er love me so; He saved my soul and set me free, to show 



£=£= 



!=!=£= 




IMF 



3 



5 







m 



Chorus 



h=^ 



KJ j 3 Iffi 



=sR&g 



^ni i il j *y 



I'd say 'twas love, the love of God for me. O it is won -der- 

His self-less love, His wondrous love for me. 

His matchless love, a- maz-ing love for me. It is 



Hft'ffFf i fV 



^£ 



&--S--S 



■r— » — KZ3E 



l^ u u 




^ 



8 I" f ^ 



fill, so ver - y won - der - ful, He died to 

won-der-ful, it is won -der -ful, 



SBtz *— *— *— 5— -* 



£ 



-&*& 



H 1' t' E 



& z z z 




Cod's Love For Me 



If* 



5 



j^i 



Si 



m 



* 



WtTf 

me so won-der-ful, My Savior's love for me. 

true and won-der-ful, His love for me. 



^3 



rrrrirrnr f r , f n 



W 



53 



Go, Tell of His Love 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. C. International Copyright Secured Jeffie Cook 



1 



£ | g J 



a=a 



-S 



3=£ 



^ 



w — m ~ 

tell of His 



I I 5 

1. There's work, my Christian friend, to do, go, 

2. Go, tell the whole wide world a -round, 

3. Make known how Je - sus came and died, O go, 



m 



i 



szzs 



MM 



A. E 



love; 3 1 



_3L 



^! ■ «. 



— V V — « 



*T* 



tell of His 



■g 



The Lord has need of soldiers true, O go, 
How you the blessed Savior found, 
tell of His love; On Cal-va-ry was cru-ci-fied, O go, 



EEZHL-KZp. 



f|fffFjPfP.i»^ 



& 



££ 



b-b-b 



dfc 



Fine Chorus 



j- j s a 



i 



a 8 X 



^f 



ff-f-f- 



rv c v r * 



w — w 



love. 3 go, 

tell of His love. O 



m 



j^^^j 



tell of His love, His 

, won-der - ful love, 



-r- T- ♦ -K -r- ♦ s 

- g|s r r,i7 | | |r r^T 



£ 



, D.S. 

^tTTf. I il !■ -I 4-rr— -J is V^TJ" "J - 



matchless sav-ing love; Work on till He re-turns, 3 

saving love; Work en till He re-turns, 

3 



Sfe fe gfe 



frWHHr 



y-y- 



S 



fat 



1 



54 



There's Plenty of Work 






Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
U. S. Lindsey International Copyright Secured L. D Bassett Jr, 



b4 P g 



m 



szzs 



3F 



m 



hee 



Al A . AL ■ I 



: ^^ 



1. Look a-round for souls in sin, haste the wand'ring ones to win, 

2. Press a - long each try - ing hour, be a wit-ness of His pow'r, 

3. Trust in Him and watch and pray, la- bor for Him ev - 'ry day, 



£ 



A A y4— 



-N 



£fe 



^HI^-f 



£3 



I? 1/ T i? 



rk= 



£ 



c 



1 



I 



i> ; f > a ri i 



5& 



N— \ 



ffi5 



a 



1 



!£^ 



B_~ar~aa 



I ? P F^fl ^T ntr tr r 



1 
There's plenty of work for you to do; 

There's plenty of work for you to do; 

h 



£&U j i j-ft-m m 



** 



BS 



-*!—*- 



* 



b r> F > 



¥ 



W 



FS 



^ 



2 JtJ 



U^» 



They are lost in sin and night.bring them back to love and light, 
Christ v/ill be your strength and song, pass the joy - ful news "a- long, 
All who on the Lord be -lieve shall a crown of life re-ceive, 



i# 



j a i 



*** 



s 



¥ 



]/ V V V V w . " v 

D.S.-There'sre-demp-tion for the lost, tell them Je - sus paid the cost, 

Fine 




r,JJJ | J 



2~* a j hiz} 



3 



F I ffi F 



F F F F F 



1 S 

There's pi en-ty of work for you to do. 

There's plenty of work for you to do. 



JMg^ 



Bi 



ffi 



i « 



P 



^ 



Chorus 



SiHaii i£a^^ 



j^ 



There's plenty of work for you to do,' 

There's plenty of work for you to do, 



:tMI-t=B=S= 



fc — g~~i 



vF^«- 



# 



£ 



i a 



There's Plenty of Work 




So la - bor on with cour-age true; 



^ * Z l\ tr r 



So la - bor on 



with cour-age true; 



SI 



£ H ft P 



^ 



s± 



5 



*-=!- 



: 7=? 



55 



On the Highway Home 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
H. Z. T. International Copyright Secured H. Z. (Doc) Tanksley 




g-J i a 



3 



t 



r 



1. 1 am walk-ing on the high-way Leading to the glo - ry land, 
2. Je-sus walks a - long the high-way. He is al-ways by my side, 
3. 1 am go - ing home to heav-en, Where the ho ■ ly an - gels sing, 

-^- - A ~ -A- -A- -A- 



% 



£ 



I 



si 



*¥4 



sb a 



i 



1 



s 



-8 8. 



•^ 



rr 



Where there's wondrous joy a - wait-ing, With the ho - ly an - gel band. 
And He keeps my feet from stumbling, He's the safe and faith - ful guide. 
There to be with precious loved ones,Giad-ly prais - ing Christ our King. 



£-£ 



\\ £ E if F F 



^ 



bp- _»_ 1 



Ff 






Chorus 






f 



h=P 



fcfi 



Wt 



^ 



r 



Walking with my Lord,trusting in His word, From Him I shall nev - er roam; 



I 



C <tL 



^^ 



fcfezs 



I 



a=£ 



p^ 



^irV-g 



?— K 



3 



■fe-h 



^ i ^ l 



^as 



™ 



*=* 



*=jt 



rr 



With the blood-washed throng I will press a - long, I am on the high- way home. 



i 



^ 



ft 



P#=f= 



1 



U— fr 



£ 



p— p- 



P 



f^ 



56 



Glad New Day 



m 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
E. T. I. International Copyright Secured £. "J*. Isbel! 

IN 1 rV- 



H A [S _P 



I 



2*$ i £ J JU 



g=> 



1. Here we trav-el thruval-leys of sor-row and de-spair,Bear-ing 

2. There'll be sing-ing and shouting, our sor-rows turned to joy, All our 

3. We are watching and waiting to see the gold-en gleam That shall 




bur - dens a - long the way, a - long the way; But the Sav - ior is 
bur -dens for • ev - er gone, for - ev - er gone; Hal - le - lu - jahs in 
drive darkness all a - way, drive night away; Light will guide us safe 



m 



da 



m 



?m$ 



V V 




«■ — ■£ — si 



fezfe 



i 



i>=g=g 



5* 



s j lv 



near us, our trou-bles all to share. And there's com-ing a bright new 

glo - ry ourvoic-es will employ ,When that won-der-ful day shall 

ver the dark and si-lent stream, When shall dawn love's e - ter - nal 



_ Jt A L*_ __ A^ 



^ -w 



MM 



? [ b b 



D.S.-When shall dawn love's e - ter - nal 
Fine Chorus 




at 



s 



± 



^£ 



fcs 



»=* 



F Z i z r"^ '• ■ z ^ rj : 



day; a won-drous day. Glad new day, 

dawn, for us shall dawn. 

day, e - ter - nal day. The glad new day, 



O won-drous 



fig 



U 



r r r r f £ 

* * — A — W — A — 4r- 

i< b b b u 



Si£ 



E 



day, e - ter - nal day. 




fmff^+^m f? 



morn-ing, When all shadows have passed a -way; 

cloudless morning, have passed away; 



«P 



PPPPP 



U b ' b 



Glad New Day 




L J ■ 



5& 



-■ g Cr Cr g- ^ 



ii 



D.S. 



g Cr C- ET g 



I 



— <K~ 

Per-fect life, 



we know is com-ing, 
The perfect life, sure-ly com-ing, 



rftttf i i 



*— * 



u y y ^ 



57 



I Know I Shall Be Fully Satisfied 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
W. H. W. International Copyright Secured W. H. Ward 



fliTJ-t 



M 



I 



B 



^B 



:S 



1. There's nothing that can full - y sat - is - fy us here, Tri - als that 

2. Wear- ing a spot-less robe and crown of glo - ry bright, Viewing my 
3. 1 want my friends all to en - joy that wondrous place, Walk on the 

J2^ 



wfri U I U U it l > U =£= 



^ 



F 



* 



^^ 



o 



^3 



f 



7 



grieve us are on ev - 'ry side; But when we meet where shad- ows 
mansion, where I shall a - bide; In that bright land where I shall 
streets with an- gels by our side; Made free from ev - 'ry form of 



\ v <v u v 4== " g v r c r c* 



^jyj 



D.S.-Al-ways with Him who gave Him 
Pine Chorus 
fc_! * & & . k_ .J d 



j^ ^ 



£ 



9S 



can-not dim the day, 

nev - er-more re-pine, I know I shall be full - y sat - is- fied.Whenl 

sor-row,pain and sin, 



tf titTtri ^ 



imi 



^^ 



p — g 



self that we might live, 



2 J I J a II ft jjj : 



D.S. 



1 



E^ 



H HH aia B 



4L_LiL 



f 



meetwith saints of ev-'ry land, In that bright country ev - er to a - bide; 



38 



He Is Coining 

Copyright, I9S6, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 

International Copyright Secured Mrs. Thersia West 

G. R. and Gordon Ross 

fc 



lj j|, | | ,| tftttt ±%m& 



m 



1. All the saints shall rise, to life's par ■ a - dise, In the home, sweet home, just 

2. Loved ones we shall see, what joy 'twill be, 

3. From our toil we'll rest,with the saved and blest, pre - 



ft ): , b 4 II 



g - rrr fa£ 



& 



v — g 



E=Z 



fN fv 



^=il 



a a ♦ 



3 



^ 



a=t 



r^ 



o'er the way; 



Meet me there,my friend, where all sor-rows end, 
Meet our Sav - ior, too, in the life that's new, 
par - ing o'er the way; Free from pain and care, end - less joy we'll share, 



:fc 



5ZB g g: 

3BE 



fc=£ 



i 



1*- "A" T*" ?*•- ,0 



V liT 



g JlsM^ j « 



Chorus 



^ 



£fc 



f r r 

At the close of this world's fleet - ing day. He is 

N fleet - ing day. 



g 1 1 g I f^m ^#^ 



HE 



3 



^PW 



^=£ 



is n is 



f^F? 



« C C f g ' lg -g- g -g-g - 



com - - ing, Christ is com - - ing, Com-ing back to catch His 
He is coming, Christ is coming, 



iuuu E-&i £= g= ^£ 



fct* 



s 



a B e a 



ZZZ2ZZZZZZ 



^t^e 



^ti 



HE 



3 



^^rf 



r r f 



e 



Bride a • way; We shall see Him, and a- 

a - way; We shall see Him, 

jit . » bh. r— 



-^ 
^ 



*—* 



i 



* A *•- 



A 



He Is Coming 



=P ~ fr P * - 



-h — ft 



A 



1 



S 



s fr fr 



£=£=P 



dore Him, In that home thru that un-end - ing day. 

and a -dore Him; bright day. 



fefe gj f l f £ L£j£ 



HI II 



K»F» 



HE 



59 



My Place 



Copyright, 1056, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
A. B. Bennett International Copyright Secured 

Arr. J. B. C. J. B. Coats 



oza 



1. Mas-ter, where shall I work to - day? My love flows full and free, 

2. He spoke in voice that was not stern, But answered ten- der - ly, 



€M}£ fcj-t t I f t F f 



p=p 



3=i 



m m jijrj 



He point - ed out a lit - tie spot, And said, Tend that for me; 
My child.search well thy heart just now, Work thou for them or me? 



v C" B E 



SL 



* 




I answered back, Oh no, not there, The world could nev-er see, 
Je - sus my Son, thru low - ly birth, Did come to set you free, 



a — a — ^^p 
j. □ 



±n 1 m nail S a a! 



HI 



?w 



Aj i Al AT Al A] ALXAI Al Al ALLAI Al Al St 

No mat-ter how well my work is done— Not that lit -tie place for me. 
0, Naz - a - reth was a lit - tie place,And so was His Gal - i - lee. 



FSF f i 



•4k-- 



60 



A Wonderful Friend 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. O. M. International Copyright Secured > J. Otis Murphree 



1?^ ! 4 _A 'h P I I S p> k I J\ h PI 1 . h fr f 



1. We have a won-der-ful Friend, His praise we sing; 

2. He is the King of all kings, He reigns a • bove, 



Bi 



Ac Ar-* 



m , m 



J: 



We're al-ways 
And watch-es 



*b i A, A. — A^-A> — Ac-— A — A — ^-Cr*— -7— FA* 






hap-py in Him, our joy-bells ring; He makes our hearts o-ver- flow 
o - ver His own in per- feet love; Some day He'll call us to meet 



<*— i-(S> — at- 



te=£ 



ft 



fcfc=*=e 



v v 



P 



fr 



rv ^ r\ 



h r> 



J^Ji 



£fe=±==ad 



IZl 



aj.ii' ^ ^ ^ 



3EZ3B 



f^T 



with joy di-vine, The heav'n-ly light from a - bo ve on me doth shine. 
Him in the air, And live for- ev - er with Him in heav-en fair. 



IggjE I tftm 



£Frr,J~W 



I 



&$==« 



S 



^ 



b U b 



aczeziB 



U U U 



** 



Chorus 



^f^^hs— ^"HR— - *— » — s " ^" ^ •«< M * * ■» 

^s -^% — a-^as— x— =i — £ 



fc£=g% 



^_ Al AJ 'Al AJ 

We have a won-der-ful King,His praises glad-ly we sing, With joy we 



-3— S- 



^ ■ fo h> t 



f^nrtf FFfe j 



A=«=t} 



S 



^^ 



b v v 




m-^j^iwiddi 



tell of His marvelous love; He helps us onward each day, a - long the 



m^g 



5 



=P— p: 



r^P 



- B MS- 



*=&: 



-sP-S- 



1 



A Wonderful Friend 



) , \> A_r 



to^w ; 



A A— I— - 



£ 



*=£=i: 



P? 



d^^F 



II 



F 



^1 



f3r^ 



beau - ti - ful way That leads to mansions in heav- en a - bove, 

fcA. ^ -A- -A- -A- ^ ^- J^J_ 



fff r f t f i iririr r 



i 



^ 



B 



I 



^^ 



61 Let Us Stand For Truth and Right 

Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Sappy Praise" 
J. R. p. International Copyright Secured 

Arr. by D. E. Gilbreath J. R. Prady 







f4^ l 



tha-fl J H 



1. We should always stand for truth and right, Do our ver - y best against all sin; 

2. May we nev - er strive for worldly fame, As we trav-el thru this land be-low; 

3. Je - sus died to take our sins a-way, Paid our debt to make salva-tion freej, 



^i^nfviffW^ 



i i^ } J c^ 



*~f 



With our faith in Je- sus Christ, the light, We the vie -fry o - ver 
Rath-er, let us hon-or Je - sus' name, That the lost His sav-ing 
If we trust in Him and hum - bly pray, We shall dwell with Him e- 



f|g g g F F r 1 



» H 



V — \r 

D.S.-Give us vie -fry in the 



Fine Chorus 



I 



I 



F=HH 



131 



FTa d *bd j g il 



W — 4T" 

wrong shall win. 

love may know. Let us al- ways firm -ly stand for truth and right, On the 

ter - nal - ly. ? 



M 



jM^-^tF 



ses 



tr- 4 ^ 



bye and bye. 



m 



i 



h h . r » r v 



aa 



8 



s=»l 



P 



i = wiR8 



* 0. 

prom-is - es of God re - ly; Thru the darkness He will send the guiding light, 



§& 



i 



tifcfcK 



1 



V V V V 



62 



He Paid It All 



i 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Pointing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
W. A. M International Copyright Secured Wm. A. McKinney 



^Mjjy 



J: 



^ 



££g£U 



m 



CCCCJ 



1. There is a place 

2. God sent His Son . 

3. Christ Je-sus died 



££££ 



where saints of God shall dwell for- ev - er, 
to pay the debt for poor lost sin-ners, 
,'. that you and I might have sal -va-tion, 



4 



m 



1 



a 



y — y 



y — v — v 



k — r» 



it 



ifi^fc 



5E 






mrr-rT 



5 1 t»- ■#- fj- 1 

Free from sin . and world -ly care; 

To re-deem and set them free; . 

Free to all who will be - lieve; . 



Hi 



p F p s 



S 



fa J J^- JM 



J _P h h 



s 



rare? 



£ £ F £ f r * 



-*! 35- 



There we shall rest 
And all who trust 
For ev - 'ry soul . 

Jr 



is J>g 



■J> 



in peace be - side the shin-ing riv - er, 

their all to Him are tru - ly win-ners, 

and ev - 'ry col- or of each na-tion, 



££££ 



^M 



m 



s 



ifeg 



FiNE 



F 



3 






ChristtheLord a - waits us there 

Homes prepared for you and me 

Christ the Lord waits to re-ceive. 



Hi 



a — fe^ — ^K — ^^ — !** 

*--*■ * ^M m 



kH~* 



s 



p 



D.S.-God Him-self was sat - is - fied 

Chorus 



m 



b j j j . j 



■J'jja J 



g g f £ 



-*l 5- 



g g g g' 



He paid it all for you and me, 

He paid it all for you and me, 



&'bi) ** s |i fr fr fr fc 



c c g c 



-*f — 5- 



He Paid It All 



te£ 



Pa§ 



3 



m 



H 



-*! — s- 



Jg l— A 



Up - on the cross He bled and died; 

rs .Of Cal • va • ry He bled and died; 



g * g . r~ r T lit M-ffi 



lr 



±2 



h-^r^r^ 



J: 



^ 



^ 



D.S. 







i=t^— 5— k 



±£=t=£=£ 



-*l — 5- 
But from the grave He rose and went back to the Fa-ther, 

But from the grave 

JNJr -J> 



«T A 



i C" b CJ = 



— s ■>' 



F C e p el 



&r 



5 



■*! — s- 



63 



Jacob Saw a Ladder 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
H. Z. T. International Copyright Secured H. Z. (Doc) Tanksley 



M J' J-J* 



P 



£ 



?E3 



-J^2-»=3 



#S 



S^ 



*=* 



1. Jacob sought his rest at night, Not a human friend a- round; 

2. Ja- cob saw the an-gels there, On the lad-der to the sky, 

3. Ja- cob made a prom-ise then, That if God be on his side, 



m 



ttz 



g 



fl 



s-y-4^ 



Efcj U b b g B= p 



F^ 



B B B 



dt 



_&_ 



£3 



Fine 



ft=K 



# 



3 



^=£ 



LfiJ- 



And he saw a lad-der high, As he slept there on the ground. 
Go - ing up and com-ing down, To and from the home on high. 
He would serve the Lord each day, In His ho - ly word a - bide. 



£ 



Hi 



^ 



t± 



g 



HE 



^•EEj^EiEEE 



£ 



Izz^ 



D. S. - If our faith and love as - cend, Blessings to our lives will come. 

Chorus . _ ^ n p.g. 






p\ r> h 



_3 ^1 m 



I 



¥ 



* 



5 



P 



r 



r*^ 



Ja-cob saw a lad-der high, Reaching from the world to home; 



m 



g p- -p- a gjg: 

fc t t t r r 



lb e b zg: 



^1 Vrf 



a 



64 



Jesus Came To Set Me Free 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. International Copyright Secured J. L. Freeman 



tt| 



P 



S 



W^F# 



1=1 



1. I was lost on sin's dark mountain.knew not where to go, Know-ing 

2. Greater love was nev - er giv - en than the Fa-ther gave, When He 

3. You may have this precious blessing, it is free to all, If you 







^gj 



5 



r^ 



<K 



■^ V I g gg 



not the cleansing fountain soon for all would flow; Then I heard the wondrous 
sent His Son from heaven dy-ing souls to save; Let us tell this joy - ful 
come to Christ confess- ing and be -fore Him fall; You will then believe the 



s^f cf Frf Fittc tttc^^ 



% 



i v \\* > v v v 



** 



-* ^- 



$ 



IS h 



P=5: 



Pi 



sa 



* 



fe* 



i=S 



* 



sto - ry,how the blind did see, 

sto - ry o - ver land and sea, Je- sus left His home in glo-ry, came to • 

sto-ry and re-joice with me, 



r^rimEtfff i 



#£ 



*n frr fr B 



Fine 



m 



d-— ^ 



Chorus 



3? 



♦> ♦> ♦> 



^^ 



set me free. 



F^ 



Je - sus came to set me free, 



Set me free, 



^ 



JU> 



£ 



s§ 



e 



s 



t^t 'g F l[ '' 



& 



S^ 



h— h — ft 



*$3%3 ^ 3 



praise His ho • ly name, 
praise His ho - - ly name, On the cross of Cal -va* 



fe^ fF ^ 






fee 



Jesus Came To Set Me Free 



w-> w^ i- 1 jifi 



f* 



Cal-va • ry free - • ly bore my shame, 

ry, free - ly bore my shame, Now His 

i JJJt ,,, J, j^J 1 ^ 



^ 




r m i" - ■ — ■ • l" 



^N 5 - 



^^ 



D.S. 



h h ft 



a 



9— SB- 






« I will be, won - drous love proclaim, 

wit-ness I will be, ^ wondrous love pro - claim, 



iHll 



^ ^ i 



gfc=£ 



65 



I Have Found Sweet Peace 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Mrs. M. J. International Copyright Secured Mrs. Margaret Johnston 




PCs: 



S S ^ 






X* 



1. Since the Savior came,thru His ho- ly name I have peace and joy and rest; 

2. Lean-ing on His word, I can please my Lord, For He hears and answers prayer; 

3. Walk-ing close to Him when the path seems dim, Shows the way that I should go; 

0- ,4*- M- JL ^- i. N h. ^ 4e--^-fi- # 



m i m I i I 



i 



ji 



£ 



iSL 



^ZZHZZM 



IS ft 



Fine 



♦ — ♦ — ♦ — * 

a) — a — aJ — ^ 



2=? 



Now I try to stay close to Him each day, And for Him to stand each test. 
Blessings flowing free dai - ly come to me, I am safe with-in His care. 
He will lead me on till my toil is done,Andwilltakemehome,Iknow. 

r-rH r 



# 



I~ 



1 — HH? — V 



-p — xr 

D. S. -Peace that is di - vine thru His name is mine, And will last e - fcer- nal - ly. 
a a Chorus . n D.S. 



3 



S 



i 



i 



5t=H 



s 



5 rrf^'rrr 

I have found sweet peace, In the Christ who died for me; 



I have found 



sweet peace, 



i 



ji 



^-* 



I 



66 



What a Day 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
F. E. H. International Copyright Secured Floyd E. Hunter 




m 



s s s 



ft — s 



£ 



?sf 



^ — Si 



a =3: 



1.0 won't that be a hap-py meeting, when we get to heav'n a - bove, 
2. 'Twill be a day of great re- joic-ing, when we hear the Sav-ior say, 
3. While here I want to tell the sto-ry of the Sav-ior and His love, 



^==3 




A - round the throne 
Come live with me . . 
Our time on earth , 



Hfii^ 



m 



l * \* " 'Z ' F g 

with joy we'll sing, we shall sing; 

a-round the throne, Fa-ther's throne: 
will not be long, not be long; 



i 



e 



'±SL 



P 



ft ft s s 



s=J?s 



^ 



^if 



1S3 



a g; 



Among the ransomed there'll be shouting, in the land where all is love, 
We know that we shall soon be go - ing o - ver there, with Him to stay, 
meet me in that home e- ter-nal that's pre-par- ing now a-bove, 
-fl — *— 



»* 






p 



y 1 



mm 



i 



-|S- 



^ 



a 31 



Finje 



m? 



g r f g 



how we'll make gladprais-es ring,prais-es ring. 

what a day with all His own, all His own. 

Where we shall sing the glad new song, glad new song. 



ss 



m m 



ff.ijjjj 



.9 B 



S 



D.S.-O what a day 
a I . Chorus 



that day will be, great 'twill be. 



r ft is s 



b4^—s - 



##^# 



-^ — »- 



Owhat a day that day will be, 

O what a day that day will be, 

■j j> J>J>J>^ ._ - J J J J 



What a Day 



W *i a 



P=qs 



if 



i£ 



: P=f=T 



When He shall say, Come live with me; 
When He shall say, live with me; 

•■J J I J 1 * .JJ J 




D.S. 



WUP-JU^ 



^^u^ 



/ I. " i a 



C f^T WfT^f- 



z f 



In heav'n a - bove, where all is love, 

In heav'n a - bove, where all is love, 



I 



^m 



m 



m 



9 1 S 



67 



u l> 



Keep Your Eye On the Cross 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
U. S. Lindsey International Copyright Secured Carl R. Harrington 



*M^ j I iM^jJ-UJ 



miT 



4~t 



*t 



* — a — •* 



1. In this world below, as you homeward go,Serving Je-sus on the way; 

2. Sin's al - lur-ing charm nev - er more can harm, If you from right do not stray; 

3. Let the deeds you do and your life be true, Of t-en to the Fa-therpray; 



WFFFFiFFFS-ft p f^-rtfi 



fck± 



±h± 



* 



B^S 



^ 



*J 



S 



5=W 



§P 



Fine 



X=$ 



Shun the pleasures wrong of the world-ly throng, P^P-r 

For,what-e'er betide, Christ is there to guide.Keepyoureyeonthecrosseachday. 
Till at last you stand in the promised land , 




ft* 



K 



p — g 



tzztt 



E-ZZt S 



D.S.-Glad-ly tell and sing of the lov-ingKing, 
Chorus , h 



S l 5 



g 



Ff^rrr 



^JFg 



=P 



Keep your eye on the cross.Never fal ■ ter on the way, 

Keep your eye on the cross, 



tew,* iFm e 



:s=az:£i 



r* ' 

f^ 



B B 



Hi 



68 



Traveling To a City 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Barter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
John C. Willson International Copyright Secured 

Cho. T. J. F. Thos. J. Farris 

$ & K P* « « rV- 




» n r> 



PSP 



5 



135 



V* 



iRp 



1.1 am just a wea-ry pil-grim,trav-'ling thru this world be- low, 
2. Oft- en we grow weak and wea-ry on our jour- ney to that land, 
3. 1 am near-ing chill - y Jor-dan, view-ing Canaan bright and fair, 



W¥*3 



1 



^s 



& 



y j_ ^ 1 3 3 3 J J 3 ^ 4 \. F C ^ T f- ' 



3 



To a ci - ty in a bet - ter land I know, by faith I know; 
In mis -fortunes and when friends mis-un-derstand, mis -un-der-stand; 
Waiting for the boatman that will land me there.will land me there; 



m 



^ 



m 



A 



J 



m 



*± 



$ 



m 



i 



* *■ *n ^ 



£=F 



P=R 



s — S 



i^p 



as 



5 



s=^ 



#-* 



^r 



w 



Soon I'll leave this world of sor -row, lay these heav-y burdens down, 
But if we are true to Je-sus, we shall see Him some glad day, 
When I reach the land of prom-ise on that hap - py gold - en shore, 



r* f*- 



£i 



1 



m 



U [7 



m 



p 



u y u v y y y u -y 



rs rs rs 



m 



3 



m 



jp~s 



cv tt r 



And go home,where I'll re- ceive my robe and crown.my robe and crown. 
And be with Him in that home not far a - way, not far a - way. 
I shall praise my Sav-ior's name for ev - er- more, for ev-er-more. 



pf.^JjJi 




B B V 1/ Ia 



r 



<? y y M 
Chorus 



J J' j | j ^ 



3^B 



N- z' - V 



rrr 



F^ 



ji — ^ 



When I reach that love -ly ci - ty, On the 

When I reach that love- ly ci - ty, 



te 



£ 




Traveling To a Gty 



^ 



H 



^H 



fpTr^rTT 



hap - - py peaceful shore, I shall sing with saints in 

On that happy the peaceful shore, I shall sing 



^fe 



§ 



fe^=^=- 



m 



s 



•J 3g_ 



/=n 



fa^ 



■fin* 



B 



F^^-g-g-e-g ^ 









▲. — ^L _i^J — A. 



I 



gj 



jlo-ry, And re-joice for ev - er-more, 

with saints in glory, And rejoice for ev -er-more 



- 



T^-^H^ 



feiBI 



£ 



11 



#^ 



P 



IZZJ2 



P 



69 

Samuel Francis Smith 



America 



Henry Carey 




$=&£=? 



i — a ^ i t R=j 



1. My coun - try 'tis of thee, Sweet land of lib - er - ty, 

2. My na - tive coun - try thee, Land of the no - ble free, 

3. Let mu - sic swell the breeze, And ring from all the trees, 

4. Our fa' - thers' God to v Thee, Au - thor of lib - er - ty, 



g ^=qt 



itn 



$4 



&m 



* i i 1 



r=3 



^ jb -* -^ "»■ 



Of thee I sing; Land where my fa - thers died, Land of the 
Thy name I love; I love thy rocks and rills, Thy woods and 
Sweet freedom's song; Let mor - tal tongues a - wake, Let all that 
To Thee we sing; Long may our land be bright with free-dom's 



/ i t-: e r i r 



mmm 



£z^=B=e 



$=*■ 



f^ TM f 



$=^ 



II 



*:* j\t 



^ 



r ~r 



pil-grims'pride,Fromev - 'ry 
tem - pled hills, My heart with 
breathe partake, Let rocks their 
ho • ly light,Pro-tect 



mountain side, Let 
rapture thrills,Like 
silence break,Let 
by Thy might,Great 



rrr.r^a sgfeg^ 



freedom ring. 

that a - bove. 

sound pro-long. 

God, our King. 



m 



i 



70 



He's Alive 



Copyright. 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Fraisa" 
J. R. V. International Copyright Secured J. R, Varner 




*Nk=« 



-g 1 J. J 



S 



*=d^ 



i55 



l.Dis - ci - pies sad - ly watched the bless -ed Sav - ior die, Af - ter 
2. The cen - tu - ries have passed and Christ is liv - ing still, He a- 

r? f- fa 




M 



A A_! A. 






§ 



v — t? — t? — fc* 



h r> h 



a.1 «J jj *J A. 



P=5=S 



fM^U 



W=9 



g— g I I f ; a . 



He was dead and bur - ied they de - part - ed with a sigh; They 
rose on that bright morning with a mis - sion to ful • fill; New 



j; 



•rf-fr^ A g— £ =6 



It 



£ 



a 



*M: 



£e« 



rrrt-rg 



±=b 



-* — -^ — ♦ , ♦ 



£_^_£ 



J a1 3 a 



fv— f\ 



* 



Si 



4) • W — W~ 

thought that He from them for- ev - er then was gone,Passing hours were long and 
hope, new life for all who will the Lord receive, He will give us life e- 




drear-y, and their hearts were sad and lone. Dis - ci - pies heard good news that 
ter - nal if we tru - ly will be-lieve. 



1^ 



^^ 



£ 



tzziiz 



m 



v — v — y — v — *-* 



^m j $ ^^ 



m 



brought great joy to them.From the grave He had a - ris • en, and they 



i 



Hrtrff 



V P P 



' M ■* ■ " - «t 7 



He's Alive 



331 



p p i r 

a=3 g; t : 



fa p> 



■*i — fit h h- N P 



^ 



walked and talked with Him; To-day He walks with all who serve as best they 



s 



If- f- 



febt 



# 






> — ? 



w — u — t? — 1/ 



u u 



rr-ft-i 



j^v^' 1 VI 



D=s 



l=H 



I 



-#e — «r 
can, He's a - live and reigns for - e v - er to reclaim poor fall ■ en man. 



-f^ 



% r r .f , -f t 

L: g ; y 9- 



I 



A A 



Ff 



£ 



E 



•*? 



U — V — ^ 



9 9 b 



71 

Wm, P. Mackay 



Revive Us Again 



J. J, Husband 



i 



i 



t : 



1. We praise Thee.O God! for the Son of Thy love, For Je - sus who 

2. We praise Thee,0 God! for Thy Spir - it of light, Who has shown us our 

3. All glo - ry and praise to the Lamb that was slain,Who has borne all our 



H3ES5 



m 



£ 



tr-v 



-4" 



Chorus 






IV J* 



«■-«■ 



a 3 I l g 



A A A * A 



died and is now gone a-bove. 

Sav-ior and scattered our night. Hal • le - lu- jah!Thine the glo-ry,Hal- le- 

sins.and has cleansed ev-'ry stain. 



m 



m 



m 



S&s: 



fz: ^ ! ^ g 






I 



i 






3: 



* — ■ — 9 — # <3 

lu-jah! A -men! Hal- le - lu-jah! Thine the glo- ry, Re-vive us a- gain 



F FF | r i %f^-H 



E:w 



72 



HI Follow Jesus All the Way 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
T. K. International Copyright Secured Terry Killingsworth 



** 



ft ft ft 



N~~ft~ 



SB 



^^m 



3^-* * i j 



*=* 



¥? 



1. why did the dear Savior suf-fer. And give His life for me that 

2. To Him I'll be loy - al and faithful, And nev - er from Him go a- 



Si 



nff f f f f i r:f f i f r r - 

kh b b bbb l r r blL ^ 



m 



U U U b U 1/ 



te 



^"J'^^^W^JJ j'j J 



H 



13 



day? He died that I might have sal -va-tion, I'll fol- low Him all the 
stray; I'll serve and obey Him with glad- ness, And fol- low Him all the 



HffEff|ftElc r £ E r 1 ^ 



&£==* 



s 



m 



te 



Chorus 



p^^^3j 



n h 



S 



is 



1=^ 



way. Fol -low, fol - low, fol -low Je-sus, 

way. I'll fol - - - low Je - • - sus, 



1 



sfe 



.J. 



J, 



f& Ffmr^ 



H 



ff c •■ g g 



r~t — rtr 



fes 



ft — ft 



ft ft 



s 



m 



ft — ft 



-sk-n 



Si 



Till I see Him some day; Fol -low, fol -low in His 

I'll fol - - - low, fol - • ■ 



i 



s 



-n— «» 



b b b b 



c e g g ' F ? 



f' 1 ^ J^i^^rS 



i ft ft 



1=2 



footsteps, Fol -low Him all the way; He is guid-ing, 

low, He guides me, 



m 



v=? 



m^ i | ; 



. r . J . j . 



£ g t g g 



HI Follow Jesus AH the Way 




h — fr 



1 



3. 



safe-ly keeping, Shelters me by His love; Fol-low, 

keeps me, I'll fol - - - 



mm 



& 



rv — rtr 



— rr 



r\ n is 



MM 



II 



-h 



S=±=^: 



i 



aa 



I will fol-low, On to the home a-bove. 



fol-low, 



fol 



low, 

J, 



J^J- 



tmia 



c c ^ c g 



rtr 



73 

Augustus M. Toplady 



Rock of Ages 



Thomas Hastings 




■.J i .l. J .r- 



a=fc 



S 



3C — ♦> . ^ — ^5> — ^ «l j^L a 

1. Rock of A - ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my - self in Thee, 

2. Could my tears for - ev - er flow, Could my zeal no Ian - guor know, 

3. While I draw this fleet-ing breath,When my eyes shall close in death, 



■«$:* i « 



£ia 



i 



M'^> 



ftt 



j^ 



> a ft 



S 



^ 



5F 



- m ' ^ 3 



S 



^* ^ 



Let 

These 

When 

. ^ 



the wa - ter and the blood,From Thy wounded side which flowed, 
for sin could not a-tone; Thou must save, and Thou a - lone; 
I rise to worlds unknown,And be - hold Thee on Thy throne, 



FFF 



3: 



es^ 



£ 



fc 



^ 



1 



b h h 



£==& 



±s 



5=^t 



*"•'* 4 



: 3=5 



Be of sin the dou-ble cure, Save from wrath and make me pure. 
In my hand no price I bring, Sim - ply to Thy cross I cling. 
Rock of A - ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my - self in Thee. 



''''H i f i i [ i f ." ' '" ""TT P 



9 9 



74 



Fin Gonna Co Home 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printirjg Co , in "Happy Praise" 
Jeannette Hulsey International Copyright Secured A. E. Barton 






I 



-gg gg ^^ F F'nTTTf 



1. While liv-ing be- low . in this world of sin, . . 

2. When I shall reach home on fair heaven's shore, 

3. We'll have a new life that is free from pain, 



^^ i§§ l l§|il| f i rrrcjjE i 



FT? 




I'm gon - na try hard lost sin-ners to win; 

I know the dear Lord I'll see at the door; 

De-part-ed loved ones will greet us a - gain; 



m 



±$ 



^-^ i ^p^^i ^^P 



*»— s- 



trg 



$ 



Sfes 




I promised my Lord . 
He'll welcome me there, 
O what a sweet thought, 



f z znzzz 



I would serve Him right, 

and will lead me in, . . 

on the homeward way, . 






P=5 



±b 



D.S.- When Jesus shall call I shall fly a - way, 



V V V 






Fine 



I 



a y "dJ 



Z~ZTTZT 



m 



I'll la - bor for Him by day and by night. 

To live in that land that's free from all sin 

We'll rise up and shine that won-der - ful day 



^—5- 



m 



v=# 



I'm gon-na go home some won-der • ful day. 



Chorus 



I'm Gonna Go Home 



^M-4 j 



£=5 






-. J s 



I'm gon-na go home to see my Lord, 

I'm gon-na go home to see my Lord, 




I'm gon-na go home to my re -ward; 

I'm gon-na go home to my re -ward; 

k 



ikZZ A — A. — A. LA. — & A — — L Li L. II 



*i a 



75 



I'd Like To Talk It Over With Him 



J. A. M. 








J. A. McClung, 


owner 








J, A. M 


edling 


a % 




-N 




-j fS — 






ri 








**? * a* m 


ff^ A 1 


A * i 










-•-•—♦ 


-*-•- 


-e 


— ♦ 




±'L \L 


*y/ ^ j 












-J • . 








■ 


■*•. .r- r* 


l.if 

2. W.th 

3. When 

a 1 


3 • 'tf> * *•« * — — — O *> —|^ 

I have mis - treat - ed some - one on the way. And caused His 
ev - ry poor soul who is go - ing a - stray, By serv - ing the 
life shall have passed and we're an-chored at last, At home on that 
i* • 4> * i» • <» ,* II «*C* ( » * 


^ O /*! 


A. . , 


k i 


k, 


4r 14. - 


k 


A* A A 


■-T=f~- 


— ■se- 


2 — ~^ 




SP4#-- 




, 




b — 




B.? I r 


^ 4 r — 












" * 











-$ 



4'j;g j 



is=5=H 



S3 



light to grow dim; Id like to get down on my knees and pray, 

mon-ster so grim; I wish I could take them the word of the Lord, 

beau-ti-ful shore; We'll gath-er a - round at the foot of the cross, 



ima 



Z S i S » £ \ k 



ft I j p" 



ii 




con-demn; I'd like to sit down at the feet of my Lord, 
Fine Chorus D.S. 



§3 



B 



P 



Pf 



-^ 



^ — * 



P 



And talk it o - ver with Him. 



And talk it o - ver with them. For ev-'ry wrong that I have done that would my 
And talk it o - ver once more. 




And talk it o - ver with Him. 



76 



I've a Title To a Mansion 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. L. S. International Copyright Secured John L. Shrader 







h— ft 



~W- -&■ -<r 



z=t 



t=M 



*' v ' »' y # 



1. When my name is called up yonder, in the morning of joy, I shall be 
2.1 shall join friends who are waiting o - ver yonder for me, When I shall 



I 



^* = ^- 



£ 



£ 



V l GJL- Ezzx 



1 



Bl 



a:.;:.,a' 



S_!_JA. 



n4 l 7 E 



y— g 



L* 1/ y . 



szzszzs 



PN IS 



m 



h — r\ 



? 



fl—ft 



•C t f 



read - y then to answer, Hear am I, here am I; Ev - er 
cross the mys- tic riv - er some sweet day, some hap- py day; Best of 



m . m 



SA 



BE 



v — 1/ 



\> b l» 






Iff 



t i : i T 



K 



since I've been en - list - ed in theMas-ter's em- ploy, I've had a 
all I'll see the One who gave His life on the tree, To - mor - row 



JSt 



frfczszzszzszzs: 



SE 



fr— g 



g — y 



L> f U> 



Chorus 



■J - » ♦■ » ■ 



m 



m 



5— R 



3 



*=» 



rr r r r 

ti - tie to a man-sion in the sky, up in the sky. I've a 
when I reach the end - ing of the way, the homeward way. 



Sfci 



I 



njj 



fck 



It 



■ ■ 



e£ 



n h 



sziaizs=a;: 



j^ r s l" V 




±^# 



ti-tle to a mansion, in the sky, All my heav-y bur-dens 

'way up 



m 



?— /* 



1A 



v — V 



*=*=* 



^ 



I've a Title To a Mansion 



p» r» 



SE 



h—^ 



2 A^S 



33 



■-*-* 



TT-tr: 



lift-ed, I'll be free; I'll be leaving some to-morrow 

I shall be free; . for 

jt m . & • (g-b*. k e « t* . i * * 0t m "P" i~ ^ 



g-g-f 






BE 



^ 



fi 



R=^ 



Ka ^» 



*t 



32 



f^ 



1 



home on high, Soon I'll join the loved ones wait • ing there for me. 
that U P there for me. 

4U^ 



p ^ fr r u cir r f F r r " 




m 



v-v-\ — i — \r^> 
Come Back To the Fold 



77 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
L. W. M. International Copyright Secured L. W. (Bill) Morris 



n^ 



1* 



[5=$ 



w 



4ti t \t : 



HB 



▲I M 



r 

1. See the darkness swift-ly fall - ing O - ver mountain vale and plain; 

2. Can't you see in ev - 'ry shad - ow E - vil lurks with pain and woe? 

3. Je - sus knows your pain and sor - row In this world of sin be - low; 



*tFFf-nFiE rwtPpiE 



f 



i 



N={S 



Fine 



1 



IS 



t * ; ■ga^ 



g v y 



Hear the Sav - ior gen - tly call - ing, Er-ring child, come home a - gain. 
Still in mer-cy Je-suscalls you,Howcan you neg-lectHim so? 
Of - fers you_ a per-fect cleansing.Where the heal - ing wa-ters flow. 

> • h* > — i* - b fc. 



ippf 



£ 



(di 



5 



^ 



p- ■ * p- 

D. S.- He will give you peace and par -don, And no need from you with-hold. 
Chorus 

ft — k 



P 



?m 



D.S. 



^ j |j 



£=£ 



^s; 



^f 



Mr 



as a 



Night is fall - ing, He is call - ing, Say-ing,Come back to the fold; 
Night-time falls, Je - sus calls, 



,t :rrn 



u u 



p u 



fp r 



mm 



78 



Wonderful 



Copyright, 1958, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. B. C. International Copyright Secured J B Coats 



4—p fa P=ft 



fc* 



IS 



3=E2 



CEiGE3 



f 



2t=Jt 



2-aI — zJ ' s 



ra^f*" 



1. Raise a mighty song, for a Son is born, Giving us re-lease; 

2. Counsellor from God, Son of man,He trod shores of Gal -i- lee; 



£^f 



ds£J 



J& 



)Hr-4- 






T^r 



t±=*^ 






3 



i^ 



♦L^-S 



3 



*=* 



Gracious Savior,Lord,ev- er-lastingKing,Precious Prince of Peace. 
Ev - er-last-ing peace o-ver-com-ing strife, Ev-'ry- one may see. 



ii mtf^i 



fcfcc- 



s 



1 



3 






Chorus 



hN:l J $ M 



BE 



b— r- — * ^ -= 



P. J* JU» 



^ 



1- i Z 



m 



Won - der - ful ! won • der - ful ! won - der - ful ! Won • der - ful His 



m 



£e 



m 



&=^* 



i^kM 



fa 



« ♦-r-* 9 9 



— S 



a 



ill 



might - y name; Won-der-ful! won-der-ful! won-der-ful! 



s 



^^ 



-Hfr 




Won-der-ful, let us proclaim; Christ theSon.Thou art theKinge-ter-nal, 



l>'i , C'8 C'fr = » 



-Hfr 



Wonderful 



: T=F= 



-*> — •* — ♦■- 



^ 



m 



W 



11 1) 2 : 



£=& 



»B 



Lord and King in maj - es - ty su - per -nal; Won-der - ful ! won-der - ful ! 



w 



&_£ 



£ 






3 



*=# 



won- der - ful! 



Won-der - ful, we now pro- claim. 



I^-Hf^ 



1 



fck 



S 



fe 



79 



I'll Follow the Savior 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
L R McN International Copyright Secured Lonnie R. McNeill 



IPP^ili P 



^^ 



I'll fol-lowthe Sav-ior,Wher-ev - er He leads; Tho some ground be 
Just why He should love me, I have nev - er seen, But His blood has 
If you are still wand'ring Far out in the cold, Trust now in His 



m 



PPPP 



es 



^^£ 



* 




tr=s 



ston - y, I'll sow the good seeds, That oth - ers from dark-ness May 
cleansed me,His word made me clean; His love is a - maz - ing, His 
mer - cy, Come in - to the fold; You'll find a warm welcome, Love's 



mm 



£3 



"E i i 



^ 



NlJTJ:N:Jj'J 



^B 



J- ■ J 



come to the Lord, Fruit bearers be -com -ing, As taught by His word, 
mer - cy is kind; All things that I need here, In Him I shall find, 
fel - lowship true; He is the Good Shepherd, He's calling for you. 



PFfF i TTiPcEF 



# ♦ *>• n 



80 



I Want To Tell It 



Copyright, 1966, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
L. G. P. International Copyright Secured Luther G. Presley 



s 



in rs fr r> r» 



ts rs h a 



S 



m 



^m 



a a a: 



I. Je - sus gave His life a ran - som on the cross of Cal - va - ry, 
2. 1 can tell it when I'm pray-ing down up - on my bended knees, 
3. There are man - y lost sheep straying on the mountain bleak and cold, 



4 



m± 



M g W 



^Sbs 



f 



f 



r=t 



T? 



v V v \J 



i ^ { \ i?fii 



r> r ^ =& 



PP 



a a a a 



To save a sin - ner, a poor lost sin - ner like me; 

I'll own my Sav - ior and say, Lord an - swer me please; 

While He is call - ing, Come back.come back to the fold; 



g i i t r i i i t =##* 



fcfe 



~ — ~ 1 p* )» — a 

T ID" U p p 7 u =*^3 



s 



j£^ 



r> P> Pn b s 



m 



^m 



Well He wants me for a wit-ness in this troubled world be -low, 
Well His blood can make a sin - ner just as white as driv - en snow, 
In His lov-ing arms there's safe -ty, and He wants the world to know, 



Si 



£ 



m 



g g 3E 



P 



FP 



g g t g g f & r g g 



B 



^ 



s 



1 S 



^ 



-*J--S 



Ff 



And so Til tell it, 

And so Lord, I'll tell it wher-ev-er I go, I'll tell it. 



###£ 



.j. 



£ 



j - 



£$= 



n H^ W U 



& 



*-.■* 



-*»— s- 



Chorus 



< ^7 ;fW^ 



1 



£=g 



fr^ryf^T 



Si 



Yes, I want to tell it, 

Oh yes, tell it, how He left His home in glo - ry, 

J- -, 






I Want To Tell It 



fl^yWJaN -UN;/,! 



$=* 



Yes, I want to tell it, this grand old sto - ry 

Oh yes, tell it, 

J- 



m 



sto - ry, 

i £ g fe p 1 g 5 



fe 



Sr 



S=B 



1 



5 



fcj b b fei 



ftHiyW-N 



m b 



p/^Vi! 



r* 



Si 



Tell about His dy-ing, tell about His sighing, 

Yes.tell dy-ing, and tell sigh-ing, 



f mf FrUf , 



I 



ffi 



b b g g g 



AHr fw^ H^f.JTJii 



g g C F g 



Yes, I want to tell it, ev-'ry-where I go. 

Oh yes, tell it, ev-'ry-where I go. 



e^-,?Tf f f ETjf | 



i 



H 



f 



81 



There's a Wideness In God's Mercy 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Frederick W. Faber International Copyright Secured John D. Bacon 



3 



pa , i mii^ 



a g 



r 



« 



1. There's a wide-ness in God's mer-cy, Like the wideness of the sea; 

2. There is mer-cy for the sin -ner, Grace suf - fi-cient for the good; 

3. If our love was but more sim-ple, We'd ac-ceptHim at His word; 

to 



mfi i r i, m m m 



±L2=± 



ge< 



M 



I 



£ 



v 



5T-Jr 



5^ 



There is kind-ness in His jus-tice, Which is more than lib 
There is wel- come for the Sav - ior, There is heal-ing in 
Then our lives would spread the sunshine Of the glo - ry of 



^ 



* 



er 
His 
the 



-ty. 

blood. 

Lord. 



i 



y 



82 



Have Mercy On Me 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Mrs. J. L T. International Copyright Secured Mrs. J. Luther Thomas 

-Pi — h — H 



12 g « -m 



j£di£±±3j^R 



=8= 



a a 



1. Lord Je • sus of Cal • va • ry, I come to Thee, I'm just a poor 

2. Lord Je - sus, I want to be per - feet -ly whole, I long for Thy 

3. Lord Je - sus, ac - cept me and use me each day, Hide me from life's 



gtia f & it ii f k c r . r r r it t £ =£ 

j. j_ |_ s 



6 



S b B 



h h 






# 



BZ3I 



1 ^ 1 



a a 



sin - ner who wants to be free; I'm heart-sick and wea-ry in sin's mis-er- 
pres-ence in heart and in soul; No of-f 'ring, I come emp-ty-hand-ed to 
e - vil and show me Thy way; I'm lit - tie and help-less, de-pend-ing on 



^i? g f g 17 g g g 3g nr^f ^17 l k =^ 



Chorus 



ft p> r> 



jjjji^^ 



pp 



aI aI 3 



y, Lord, wash me and cleanse me, have mercy on me. Have mer-cy on 
Thee, Grant to me Thy par-don, have mer-cy on me. 
Thee, No oth - er can save me, have mer-cy on me. 



m 



§§§ 



f 



m 



m> b 



*l — 5- 



P--P — V — ^ 



J^J: -J J ^t 



5 



1 



me, have mer - cy on me, 

Have mer-cy on me, have mer-cy on me, 



m 



-*l Sh 



V P P 



* V * 



J ^JlJ>-sJ g=E5 



K=* 



^a 



g g c g F t^ 



1 « 

I'm trust -ing Thy promise and won- der- fill 

I'm trusting Thy promise 

trfff) 



§^§m^^£ 



-si S- 8 - 



y — w — u 



Have Mercy On Me 



j JV jiJqJ 



oses 



3 



* J. Z Z Z 



r g " g c g i ^^ 



love; Havemer-cy on me, 

Thy won • der-ful love; Havemer-cy on me, 



g 



^ 






^^ 



■^ 5- 






J J J _M 



P^^ 



r^r 



st=st 



have mer • cy on me, 



have mer - cy on me, 



"1 s • 
Give me Thy sal- 



m 



£ — g — s- 



» 



3 



s 



y » ' c c 'c z 1 1 1 *% j^f j TTf 

va-tion, God's gift from a-bove. 

Give me Thy sal-va-tion, God's gift from a-bove. 

I is .IN 







e 



^^ 



83 



How I Love Him 



Copyright, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Golden Key" Elmer L. Ward 



i| l I 1 - h i 1 J 1 J" a J j 44 -4-J 



3E 



i Al A 1 " 



1. How I love my Sav-ior and King, He has set me free; Now His 

2. How I love to praise Him in song, All to Him I owe; I am 

3. How I want to look on His face In that land a - bove, I shall 



MM j l Mf i 1 H 

13 U T"v r. T^_ TT_ X. 



^ 



a 



E 



D.S.-For He bore my blame, Ransomed 
Fine Chorus D.S. 



iPpf S pl l lil ip j 4 \ 



^ 



ISE^ 



^3 



wor- thy praises I sing,Won-der-ful is He. 

weak but He is so strong, I can face the foe. Howl love my Sav-ior, 

trustHiswonder-fulgrace,Guided by His love. 



-? 1 



£S 



P 



i, A, <fW *- 



*2& 



■£ 



£ 



me on Cal-va-ry's tree, Praise His ho-lyname. 



84 



Let Us Sing His Praise 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
W. A. McK. International Copyright Secured Win. A. McKinney 




h I S N P h I S ^ 
■*> — «•• — * — - 31 — * — 9 — -#j- 



£ 



1 1 * c 5 



1. Je - susChristwas cru-ci - fied one day, they pierced His side and mocked Him, 

2. There's no oth - er way to heav-en's shore, Christ is the way to heav - en, 

3. Je - sus said He died lost souls to save, from death and hell for-ev - er, 



§P=i 



m 



y — * — y 



^Tt 



i 



m 



3* 



9=9 



*t* 



Shed His pre-cious blood for you and me, up - on the cross He suf-fered; 
He's the door and He's the on - ly way, there is no oth - er en-trance; 
Sin - ner won't you take Him at His word, just come to Him be-liev-ing; 



k — a. L — a — ikizs 

b — b — b — b — b — b- 



j- 



■^ 



^ — s- 



c r p * g c r r 



b — b — b — * 



j^jy jyjyuJJJf Jl 



Bur - ied in the new-made grave, He rose a - gain lost souls to save, He 
He's the shepherd of God's sheep, none will be lost for He will keep them, 
On - ly trust Him, nev-er doubt Him, you are doomed to hell without Him, 



i 



i 



v — p — p — p — p — P 



^ p> is , . ■ ^ k Chorus 



Paid the ran - som price to set us free, to set us free. 
Take them all to heav- en some glad day, some happy day. 
'Tis the sweet- est sto - ry ev - er heard,that's e'er been heard. O let us 



r r r r it r p« 



E i £ F ^' r;^^ 



W — »■ 



P 



• J J J J J J J- 



e 



JUJJJJ3 



r 



«rr" 



Sing glad songs of praise to Him, praise the one who bore our sins, 
Sing His praise To 



* y y y * y y 



* CZISk. 



azz^: 



y ' w 



*^^Mm> 



Let Us Sing His Praise 



5=3 



-*! S- 



4p- 



Him who suf-fered in our place/who died; 

Him who died up -on the cross for sin-ners; 



rF F FTFi 



<J- 



•J* 



cccgc ci pF cgc e=f=t; 



J J J J J J J : 



-Jr-J, J, J J, hg 



r~ 



*rr 



Tell the sto - ry out in song, tell the world the news in song, 

Tell the world He 



£z 



If if p 'T 1 r 8r I 



£ 



:sz=h 



PI 



r 



/ T> v 



3 



^ 



**=tF 



HH 



Mr z'z r 



Paid debt God is sat - is - ned. 

paid my debt and 



^r-frn * 



is - sat - is t fied 



m 



l 



^ 



y — » 



85 



He Knows 



G. W. Lyon 



^ j j yj i ^ i j ; 1 1 j,,, j- ga g 



•r 

1. He knows the tjj££er,wea-ry way, The end-less strivings day by day, 

2. He knows how ham the fight has been.The clouds that come our lives between, 

3. He knows when faint and worn we sink,How deep the pain.how near the brink 

4. He knows, O tho't so full of bliss! For tho on earth our joys we miss, 




r r "T r r 



The souls that weep,the souls that pray, He knows, He knows. 

The wounds the world has nev - er seen, 

Of dark despair, we pause and shrink, 

We still can bear it feel-ing this, He knows, He knows. 



m 



£ I E'5 | r » | I r «[» | 1 | | 



86 



I'll Have a New Home 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
R. C. Walters International Copyright Secured Mrs. Fay Walters Jones 



'1 J\ ft 



*fW 



1 



j-J i ti ft j alj 1 J^ 



Ql 



1. I'll have a new home, a beau - ti - ful home, where no more tri - als 

2. Down here in this land of trou-ble and care, cross -es are sometimes 



tF*4 



F F F & 



-*. *r 



§ 



£fc± 



£ 



M g p 



#=£ 



pEj^ Y t H* ^^' - ^ ^ Bj 



ev - er can come, Je - sus my Sav-ior said He would pre-pare it for 
heav-y to bear, But we can see by faith the glo - ry o - ver the 



r — r #r g g 



tf f rr m 



i 



Sfc fe At 



P p F 



SEE 



f=T 



I J J J Jt 



pfpi 



s 



BE 



C I 9 9 C 



me, pre-pare it for me; I know He will lead me safe-ly a -long 
foam, just o - ver the foam; I know that the jour- ney will not be long 



i 



t r ± & rf 



jnmur 



*rr g p e "g 



g i > p 



I 



W=N 



fUslS f^M ^ i-i- 



F 



V 



till I shall reach that land of sweet song,Wherewith the saints of ev • 'ry 
and that I'll join the vie - to - ry song, Giv-ing glad prais-es to my 



^f># 



♦ r» h- — P^r +- 



:_ jl jzt 1^: 



* 



r- p 



Chorus 




fTT^TTT 



age for • ev • er I'll be, for - ev - er I'll be. 

Sav-ior, in my new home, my beau-ti - ful home. I'll have a new 



r r f* r ^ J± J J J 



#^ 



JX 



Til Have a New Home 



$ 



jj^j 



$ 



i — ^ v ^ - 



1 



•t — 5- 



J ^»i : 



£ 



^fr 



7 



I'll have a new home in heav - en so fair, 

home • in heav - en so fair, 



£f t£ 



£-FT f f 



gj, i E g g 



-=1 — s- 



V — u 



j-E 



#^M 



fat 



J J. -n -ft r'J 



I 



^^S 



B> *1 5 



P 



^ ' ^ ' ^ 



w 



f 



TFF 



t 



The home that my Lord has gone to prepare, has gone to prepare; 
The home that my Lord has gone to prepare, 



g 



?^H F^ 



« L L 



^ F H L V 



-*h-s- 



^ F ^ g g T F 
'U U P t? ^ t/ 



jJ « *.T 



I 



JJ«P£ 



S=^ 



3=*= 



^Ff 



m^ 



f- 



7 



No parting, no pain, no more can they come, 

No parting,no pain, no more can they come, 

Ms: 



m 



f=^ 



f f FF^ hFFbFfi 



=* 



i a 



I 



*ifci& 



b.i s 



wm 



t 



me. 

ne.mybec 



For there is no sor-row in my new home. 
For there is no sor - v ■«. i " ■ rowinmynewhome.mybeauti-fulhome. 




87 Perfect Peace 

Copyright, 1948, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Y. E. P. in "Glory Waves" 



Yale E. Payne 



bij J jJ« ep; 



iUdill 



2:a=i 



*=fe 



1. There is perfect peace in my soul, Since the Sav-ior has made me whole. 
2.1 have naught to fear, all is bright.Since the Sav-ior has made it right. 
3.1 have wonder-ful joy in love, From God's bounti-ful throne a -bove. 



euFFFF 






rr~F 



£ 



88 



God's Wonderful Promise 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Lonnie B. Combs International Copyright Secured V. O. Fouett 



m 



ptrtj su i w£ 



4* S 1 i 



1. Earth -ly prom - is - es are made, then a - side are oft - en laid, 

2. Now by faith I look a - way, to a land of end - less day, 



if f i I f 1 ^1 



ht w 



F F 



u i* u u 



*=£ 



5 3 



-*! 5- 



^ g a a ^ a 



Man - y nev - erwalkwhere saints have trod,where saints have trod in meekness; 
If I do His will He'll lead me thru, He'll lead me thru to heav- en; 

J.- ^ 



mm 



-=» 5- 



S^E 



S 



3 V V 



2z=l 



F— t/ 



r> h s 









=JR1 

There's a prom-ise safe and sure, it for - ev - er will en -dure, 
He has said He'd ne'er for - sake, but to heav -en He would take, 



grF F F^F"^ 




iTmnr 



'Tis the wondrous promise of our God, the liv-ingGod. God's wonder-ful 
Ev-'ry prom-ise He has made is true, for- ev -er true. His 



feMH-fei 



,p jJJ j 



f^=^ 



9-V — W 



» * U I 



?3 



f 



J- 



^^gaJ^fajp^ 



£ 



ggg 'i 4 r 



prom - - - • ise grows sweeter each day.'Tis leading me 

God's wonderful love grows sweeter from day to day, 

love grows sweet • er day by day, 'Tis 






-'*—**- 



s 



God's Wonderful Promise 



H* 



JJJ^ 



s 



m 



* t 9 9 r c z 9 9 e'r f 

on ward to heav-en a-bove; 

'Tis lead-ing me on and up-ward toheav'n a - - - bove; 

lead - - - - ing on to heav'n a - - - bove; 



j! j -V ^ ^ j^ ^ j 



sf^; 



£ 



^ 



JjjJ 



j- 



^^ 



i 



tweUv 



1 s 



* FT r 



I'll trust in His prom - - - - ise each step of the way, 

I'll trust in His precious promise, yes, all the way, 

I'll trust His prom - ise all the way, 



S^ 



4m*M4M£ 



E£=Eg 



£ee£ 



m 



I i 



5^ 



i 



s 



SB 



s 



1 



l-n- 



-*» — a- 



■^ g g E E g g TTTr 



He'll nev-er for-sake me, what wonderful love. 

He'll nev-er forsake.what marvel • ous won - drous love. 

He'll ne'er forsake, what won - drous love. 



m 



i i 






m 



■*\ — *»- 



89 Don't Forget 

Copyright, 1939, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. V. 0. Fossett 



± 



^£ 



^m 



i 



$44 f : * 



pb ^ Sa g gj 



1. Friends oft forsake me, Foes are met, I plead Thy promise, Don't for-get. 

2. My way grows weary, Oft I fret, Thy love consoles me, Don't for-get. 

3. So oft I fal-ter Here and yet I keep on trust-ing, Don't fbr-get. 






S 



£f fifffff 



I! 



90 



Spread a Little Sunshine 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
H. W. S. International Copyright Secured H. W. Sloan 

[S 



se 



J 



*=r* 



a=a ^ 



± 



m 






a 



^a 



f 



1. If each day you'll spread a lit- tie sunshine,'Mid the turmoil and the strife; 

2. Man - y souls are dwelling in the shadows, Longing for a ray of light, 

3. You can show the way that leads to gladness,Help them find true peace and love; 



M 



#£ 



jk — fe3-j£ 



i# 



fcl 



^^ 



£4^ 



U— u 



N-4^ 



p 



f 



2 



3 



If each day you'll do a deed of kindness, You can brighten someone's life. 
You may help the lone and bro-ken-hearted,Who are wand'ring in the night. 
With a smile send out a lit -tie sunshine.Light that comes from heav'n a-bove. 



tte A > | M* MV |T- I 



#£ 



Chorus 



iil 



& 



^3 



^ 



*F£ 



TT^ 



r-$-r 



If ybu'll spread sun-shine here, 

If you will spread a lit - tie Giv-ing the 



m 



iS 



^^ 



-=!—*- 



we 



f^c z c ff 



TV 



Give the world cheer-y smile; If you'll sing 

world a cheer • y smile; If you will sing a joy-ful 



-■»—*- 



-**— $- 



I. tar 



m 



Pt. 11 ,.E_ I 



M 3 J 3 * 



song each day, Spread glad news all the while; 

Spreading glad news all of the while; 



s=S=s: 



-*l 5- 



y 



Spread a Little Sunshine 



w " If you'll do lov • ing deed, 

If you will do a kind - - ly, Help-ing some- 

M. M. M. ' £• 



I 



%^ 



-*! — s- 



J J J jjjH'^Vj J 



-*l— 5- 



r— g c c g ' r 3p 



M^ 



"1 s 



Help someone " car-ry thru; If you will show the love of 

one to car-ry thru; If you'll show 



B 



fe. 



rf=* 



1 s 



p 



^ 



if 



F=5 



a a 



1 



^s 



P^ 



-fv- 



s 



r r r 

Christ, the Lord, Blessings will sure - - - - ly come to you. 

Blessings great will come to you, to you. 

r tr f Hr r >. ,J -j J 



m= 



m 



pi^ 



:*: 



r 



91 

John Newton 



Amazing Grace 



Wm. Walker 




iS 



^p 



-« L 



1. A - maz-mg 

2. 'Twas grace that 

3. Thru man-y 

4. When we've been 



grace how sweet the sound,That saved a wretch like 

taught my heart to fear, And grace my fears re - 

dan-gers,toilsand snares, I have al - read-y 

there ten thousand years,Bright shining as the 



me! 

lieved; 

come; 

sun; 



1 



i 



H 



sa 



^s 



fcaEfe^ 



Sfe 



3p S 



once was 
How precious 
Tis grace that 
We've no less 



fiiryr 1 



lost, but now am found.Was blind but now I see. 

did that grace appear, The hour I first be- lieved. 

bro'tme safe thus far, And grace will lead me home, 

days to sing God's praise,Than when we first be -gun. 



fr 



S 



W 



92 



I'm Finding New Joy 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. International Copyright Secured J. Marion Watson 




rnrr 



1. I'm find - ing sweet pleas-ure, true joy with - out 

2. With Him I am walk - ing and to Him I'm 

3. I'm safe in His keep- ing, ev - 'ry day, while walk- ing or 



I I r r E E 



ffib 



»b 4 E B t 



£=£ 



Be 



i-„ i,JiWii JiJ 



f r f t * 



meas - ure, 
talk - ing, 
Bleep -ing, on the way, 



I trust the prom - ise found in God's own 



m 



g=^=£ 



fczA, £ 



BE 



B C 



V U L> l^ I ^ 



kk k. tk. 



If if V 



J- J' J J J 



s 



J— J'd'JJi 



rinrp 



rrir 



word; 



I love the blest sto - ry, He came down from 

He will not for - get me what-ev - er be* 

ho - ly word; The gos- pel light shin-ing, love He gave, with sil -ver clouds 



m 



iling 



t * r r B E 



5 



S 



B I U B 



2=2 



U> t/ 



5S 



sa 



P=s: 



3 



=£ 



*ff^ 



r 



rrrr 



glo - ry, 
set me, 
lin • ing, souls to save, 

-ft » he he j£ • 



I'm find-ing true joy, great joy, in serv-ing my 




■ a B I Mh E=ffl f 



£3: 



Chorus 




nrr 



s 



Lord. I'm find - ing new joy 

bless- ed Lord. Find-ing new joy 

-M ■ f. — _f2_ 



in serv-ing my 






zs: 



I'm Finding New Joy 



j j-~ fi 



BE 



^^ 



ft^f 



3= 



FT? 



innr 



in win-ning His 



Sav - ior, I want to be true 

serv- ing my Lord, Faith-ful and true 



r r r r -th 
5 5 & p f 



t± 



Et 



-*i — s- 



J A l J f?J 



j jy i^ 



-=l— s 



r f ' r r— g i; b-p c" r ^ c 



tt 



fa-vor; " Pathway grows bright, burden grows light, 

The way grows brighter, my burden grows lighter, 



(gFF= 



3 



^=1— 5- 



s g :a 



S 



a 



K 



' ! l r ^JJU 



rrc 



I'm find - ing new joy, great 



£1 



joy, in serv - ing my Lord. 

bless- ed Lord. 



^^^ 



1 



st 



»'i > ^ 8 8 



S 



£ 



UUP P V 

93 Dreaming 

Copyright, 1946, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

in "Living Grace" B. B. Edmiaston 



B. B. E. 



S#£ 



3 



h N ft 



X L J . j |J?,i,j | 



«— ♦ — ♦ ■ 

3 8 aJ a! 



5* 



7^ 



r 



1. Dreaming 

2. Drift - ing, 

3. Call - ing 



dreaming si-lent-ly,Dreaming in the twi-light's pur - pie glow; 

drifting qui - et-ly, Drifting down the stream of mem - o - ry; 

call-ing ten - der-ly, Voices sweetly ech - o long years thru; 

_*^2 



U U » 



*>w 



Hi 



iidHfc 






f 



Z=F=F 



v v v 



ifb^jlj 3 ^j^lx l .jg pl 



^3 



dreaming peace-ful-ly,Dreaming,dreaming of the long a - go. w 
drift- ing rest - f ul ly, Drifting in - to ports long closed to me.' 
call-ing piead-ing - iy, Call-ing to the land where dreams come true. 



Dreaming, 
Drift - ing, 
Call - ing, 



r4 t 



^g 



fczs 



i 



s 



£ 



u-v 



94 



High Above This World 



Copyright, 1956, l3y Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in '"Happy Praise" 
C. W. F. international Copyright Secured Rev. C. W. Frady 



fr 



^v i dyj^vdij^j p 



& 



1. There is a land a-bove this world,where flags of joy are all unfurled, 

2. Get read-y now to join the band who can be-fore the Sav-ior stand, 



K 






* * <t— !fc— I 



d: 



^""cly^'A i — J' 



ife^ 



We'll ride high a-bove this world; 

We'll ride high 

We'll ride high a-bove this world; 



I A MA^j 



i 



fr 



s 



-*l *- 



^ 



f=F 



Ride 



high, 



we'll ride a - bove this world; 



i* 



M 



s 



^p 



IS 



We'll see the face of Him who died when we cross o'er the great di-vide, 
The day of judgment's sure to come, prepare for that e- ter-nalhome, 

1 S 



£=* 



till 



%^=jh; 



U^U^^UU ' UU =P 



^3 



1 



d! 



r> r> 



=t 



Fine 



d^ 



B 



^ ' F lL; r^^ ' ^ c f g g 



^ — •»- 



a • bove this world. 



We'll ride high 

We'll ride high 

We'll ride high a • bove this world, a-bove this world. 



JUL 



8S 



£ 



H pruV JJS .j = 



E^ 



-*1 5- 



B — g 



^d 



high a - bove this world. 



kfe 



Chorus 



High Above This World 



m 



m 



s 



for i i 3 * 



i 



f^ 



f! 



B5 



We'll ride high, we'll ride a - bove this world, 
We'll ride high a - bove this world, 

We'll ride high.we'll ride a ■ bove this world, 



m 



-=i — s- 



t 



£ 



^ 



w 



to 



Ride high, 



we'll ride a-bove this world, 



as 







of e • vil hurled; 



Free from darts 

Free from darts 

Free from darts of e ■ vil hurled; 






£ 



m 



? 



% 



p 



?=p=^ 



Free, 



free from darts of e - vil hurled; 

D.S. 



£= 






a 



^ 



^ 



WithJe-sus we shall fly a- way, in -to the land of per- feet day, 

1 _S_ 



v^c r- Pip "F P 



A. -A. 



p p p 



v — u 



95 



Anchored In His Love 



Copyright, 1946, by Stampe-Baxter Muaic it Printing Co. 
U. G. C. in "Rainbow Rayo" U. G . Can 

A- 



I 



£iE33 



P 



ft h h h 



*^ 



r^ 



■ y ' » — ♦" — ♦* 



1. I have peace and gladness in my heart, Won -drous joy that nev-er will de-part; 
2.1 will tell of Je - sus ev-'ry day, Sing His praises all a -long the way, 



m m g 



H 



^ 



SZI£ 



fr— P 



t* — p — tr-v 



P 



jjj/iU i j^'JQTj'j'^ii^ij 



I 



i 1 

Anchored in redeeming love divine, Trusting, I am His and He is mine. 
Point-ing oth-ers to the home a-bove, Serving Him.I'm anchored in His love. 



p^ggfpiffF i Crcfff i Frf 



% 



God's Only Son 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
A. E. B. International Copyright Secured' Albert E. Brumley 



Ml2 . > ^ PI I — \* 



•> — •> — s — W—> 



^^ 






~> s - s c p c c r 

1. Well, who could it be that tender-ly holds my trembling hand, 

2. No mat-ter how long thy wea-risome pil-grimage may be, 



^m 



?mm 



a 



m 



w 



i 



fr E h 



aa 



i g J J 



" s - 5 nrrr 

And who is the one that speaks in a voice I un - der-stand: 

No matter how wide or storm-y life's rag-ing wa-ters be; 



m 



Sfr 



EE 



* * * * 



I 



HI 



S 



J? r— 5- 



f 



u u u 



is h h 



S 



fc 



££ 



3T AI. AT 



•• s - s rnnrr 

And who could it be that maketh the rag-ing storms to cease, 

I'm bound for that place where all of God's faithful children go, 



imm 



& 



s 



1 »• 



V v ■* V 



&to i. J J J 3 J" J: - 'J . f Aj l | - J T7 J 



It's God's on -ly Son 
For God's on -ly Son 



the Prince of Peace, 
is with me I know. 



I 



*. JJJ^J 



g= 



EEEEEl 



9 



i g 



ttzz a d g 



2=Z 



r ^ r ; — -r 



Chorus 



b r* [s p > 



r\ p> i> rv 



S 



r r fg r f 



is 



azzazaiiza: 



▲I AJ Al Al 



God's on-ly Son " will hold to my hand and answer mypray'r, 

Yes.God's only Son 



** 



s 



*± 



i 



££ 



i 



y y y 1 V w y y - 



w 



*SE 



rrr 



CocTs Only Son 




And God's on-ly Son a mansion so grand has gone to prepare; 

Yes, God's only Son ^ 






ttF 



H 



*— w 



m 



^jjjj 



-A 



rs f> h r< 



(5=5 



y"-.'- '» c g ^£ 



Baaa 



Thank God when I reach that place where a ha-ven of rest a-waits, 

Thank God when I reach 



nHH fff mi 



I 



£= 



5 



9 18 



f— 1/ 



kjJVjnq-J. J h pjJ 



I 



^♦^s: 



£W 



1 S* 



g cg Frg ** Tir 



r 



ThatGod's only Son will open the gates. 

That God's only Son will o-pen the gates. 



I 



e£ 



JJl^T^J 



I 



fc^ 



gZ» g CECg 



^fe 



-n-* 



ta 



K b> U L/ 



f^g ? 



97 



Jesus 



Copyright, 1944, by Stamps- Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Zion's Call' W. W. Combs 



%£E4* ^ h -»fihjS gjjlltlig 



* 



^ 



1 . Jesus came from His home above.Born by shame,p ro v ed His matchless love, 

2. Jesus bro't hope todyingmen, Battles fought with the hordes of sin; 

3. Jesus gave ev-er-lasting life,Burst the grave, left this world of strife; 



mug 



ggCT Eg 



E t> g-g-f 



— *.« ^j l: 1 — r S T I # « , a _ I I 



Took my place on dark Calva-ry, Thru His grace,set this captive free. 

Great-er love never has been shown,From above God has been made known 
At the throne with the Father pleads For His own dai-ly in- ter- cedes. 



j jjgB i J: 



f 



w 



A A 



U V v 



if 



^ 



a 



98 



Silver and Gold Have I None 



(Acts 3— Written from a sermon) 
Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
D. E. G. International Copyright Secured D. E. Gilbreath 

fa 




Pf 



rr-h-i 



*=f 



TWT 



1. Oft a lame man was at the tem-ple's beau-ti - ful gate, bright gate. 

2. Pe * ter reached and lift - ed the man up by the right hand, right hand, 

3. Man-y souls made lame by old Sa- tan's pit -falls in life, this life, 



g J J J 



ra 



Eg W u i 



9-4Ptk — *■ 



^=^ 






2 






ft=s 



fts: 



*=F* 



**ff 



^ z e r 



fF 



S 



Ask - ing alms of peo - pie who en-tered that great es - tate, es - tate; 
He, by faith in Je - sus the world's great Sav - ior, did stand, did stand; 
Are out-side God's won-der - ful king-dom, lost in the strife, sin's strife; 

A A A A A A A . A A- 



S=* 



r t F 



h WM 



i 



wm 



fS=3 



iK^'^ ^f Ff 



Who when he saw Pe - ter and John would soon go in - side, in- side, 
And when they went in - to the tern - pie, so says God's word.true word, 
If they, too, were giv- en by faith a kind help -ing hand, love's hand, 



m 



t p g r^Z5 ^ 



FP 



I 



HH 



•i-j> 



1 1 *B^ 



&=& 



i 



1 



^J J s 



rr^ 



Asked them, too, for alms that the wealth of this world can pro-vide, pro-vide. 
He went with them,walking and leaping, and prais-ing the Lord,our Lord. 
Would per-haps rise up and go walking t'ward Canaan's fair land, fair land. 




Chorus 



S^^ 



3HHE- 



fe 



* 



az^J 



P7 f g gJ*'g ^ F 



g33C~g~g 



^4 



?¥T 



Said Pe- ter to the man that day, 



Of sil-ver and gold have I none, 



that day, 



S 



A . A A — A— A 



at a 



« 



p 



g jV j 



m 



Silver and Gold Have I None 



^ 



i 



^ — ^ — ^ 



-^-^ 



^r^ 



Dai-ly he had been laid at the gate, 
5 ^ 1 



When others went in-side to pray; 



to pray, 



'^V'^^nmcu''' 1 ''' ! 



yt 



.ft«M«P £ teg J — J 

-A A — A — ^ : 

«l« m M — ? — Z3P # B g 



£=^ 



5 5 



^^ 



And gave him a lift with his talk, 
But such as I have give I thee, with talk, 



m 



mm^m. 



t=L 



HK-r 






P *r |* 

In the name of Je-sus Christ ofNaz-a-reth rise up and walk. 

rise up and walk. 



eyfrte'WMMlP j y J ^ l 



^^^ 



99 



Awake, Soul 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Vana R. Ray International Copyright Secured John D. Bacon 



fct 



H 



m 



m 



bend, 
one, 

right; 
die; 



1. A - wake, O soul ! to fear, To ev • 'ry du - ty 

2. A - wake, O soul ! to grace, Make known to ev - 'ry 

3. A - wake, O soul! to love, To strive to • day a ■ 

4. A - wake, O soul! to life, Live not a - lone to 



¥ 



M 



m 



m±x£ 



S3 



W 



i 



l 



S 



s 



* 



« 



Ere 
For 
To 
For 



*r 



5 



death 

each 

seek 

af 



shall thrust her spear, And time for thee shall end 

must sure - ly face The deeds that he has done 

the home a - bove, And heav-en's fade - less light. 

• ter tears and strife, True life a • waits on high 



1 



100 



I Am On the Way 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. International Copyright Secured Eugene H. VVhitt 

ft J M ft * 



I & s k h ft 




P=s 



00 



~9 *f 

1. I'm liv-ing in a place where trouble I must face, But looking for a 

2. I'm go-ing to aland be-yond the shifting sand, The journey may be 



kifcigSSSEE 



f f ff^ 



^Pf 



HH^ 



b=ft 



mI JJJJJ Z i - 1 ^ -^ 



1 



^i 



*? 



rrrr 



£ 



home to rest, to rest, I am on the way, I am on the way 
near or far, or far, I'm on the way 



£ 



11 



A | » A 



^^ ^i 



:±=*=i=5 



£=5 



«=« 



tr-tjr 



fezzfe 



U i 



i 



#N 



^ I J J J J 



,b a ' 



IZ3 



^r^ 



To live with all the saved and blest,theblest;What gladness waits for 
And soon my soul must cross the bar, the bar; I'm look- ing for a 



m 



fffff 



ft A I* 1^ 

m — ■ — m 9- 



mm 



7 B U 



D.S.-For me a man-sion 



fe=& 



ft — ft— ft— ft 



^ =j ,ft J 

a g g a 



3^s 



* -0 



me be - yond the mys - tic sea, Be- cause the Bi - ble tells me 
home from whence I'll nev - er roam, Be- cause the Bi - ble tells me 



m 



I 



m 



i i e p 



g ? g g & 



waits in - side the pearl - y gates, Be- cause the Bi - ble tells me 



J J» .^ J J •■ 



J J J JU£- 



i 



c^/r ' r — ^ s^ 



so, I am on the way, I am on the way, And 

tells me so, I'm on the way, 



wM 



£ 



FY ^$ * -*-§=$ 



iiSE 



i fffrfrfr? 



I Am On the Way 

Fine Chorus 



i-ircr, ^mjrtua S N N N K 



FFF^r g g 



soon FD reach that home I know. I am on the way, I am on the way 

happy home I know. I'm on the way 



fffff 



2&t 






pjf f If 



^ 



£=£= 



I I 8 ft 



> *1 ~aP a! a! at a 



? 



rrrr 



■? 



To that e • ter -nal ci - ty fair, I shall live for aye, 

ci - ty fair, I'll live 



FFFF ,* 



& b ;r It ? ^ b-k 



I 



4- A — ^~ 



K=A 



H?K 



p— p 



±5 



.f .ft > j> .r r 



■^ '■j ^ ^ -^ 



D.S. 



S^ 



F m± f* * 



sHr=f 



I shall live for aye, The beau- ty of that home to share; 
for aye, I'll ev • er share; 



Ev- i Hmf i EE ^ 



e i g 

■ m — ■ — 9- 



1 



101 



God's Stairway 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Ella Allen Edmiaston International Copyright Secured James L. Glover 



s 



fcg 



p=m 



^ 



if 



*1 



1. There is a stair -way built by God, And all who will may climb 

2. The way to climb this stair-way is By means of faith and prayer, 



f* r? 



^ 



§=& 



Es 



§« 



11111 



±3 



, B V g, A B, 

??4 7 [7 U - 



-J 1 



te 



J J l J 



f=* 



Its 



i 



Pi 



Its steps a - long o'er mountains steep, Thru al - ti - tudes sub-lime. 
Which leads us to the throne of grace And Je - sus wait - ing there 



w> t C 



Si 



a 



w — -|» — I"- 



^ 



32=2: 



p* 



102 



We'll Tour the Golden City 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
M. P. D. International Copyright Secured Marvin P. Dalton 



I 



S 5ff J a J 






a 



3Es 



1. I've heard a - bout a ci - ty , of splen-dor un-told, A ci - ty that will 

2. John saw that gold-en ci - ty of Godcom-ingdown,A ci - ty of an- 

3. We'll still be -hold its beauty while a - ges shall run, Sing glo-ry to the 



m 



"' t'v [ ^ ; f44 



9 9 9 F 



V~V 



m% 



J J -T 3 J l J J; J J 1 



g±5 M ^ zEg 






nev-er grow old; They tell me I can go there some wonder- ful day, 
gel - ic re-nown; We'll talk a - bout its wonders, while a - ges un-fold, 
In - fi-niteOne; For -get- ting ev - 'ry bur-den, each sor-row and care, 



| ?-5pp | ;ctMEEt<|. l 



B=d»x 



ttu h-H i 



Chorus 



H— -£^ 



r " c ' 9 9 f 



And tour that gold - en ci - ty for aye. 

And yet the half will nev-er be told. We'll stroll the streets to 

We'll tour that gold -en ci - ty up there. N K s 

^ i£ r£ -? ^ ^ 



mm 



i 



9 I « 



*=&=» 



*l S' 



r* 



„ ■ - 2~i> 1 S * 1 



Oh, glo - ry be to God, 



un, gio - ry De to uoa, 

geth-er,we'll sing and we'll shout, Oh, glo - ry, yes, glo - ry to God, 




Sing and we'll shout 



glo - ry to God, 

PL 




joy and love, As down the streets tc- 

What a ju - bi - la-tion, ev-'ry tribe and na-tion, 

P- -f - m i f ' ~ ~ ~f ~ fe g 



Joy 



and love, 



g±gE2 



mm 



Well Tour the Golden City 



£ 



: t '■ c '* b fffftfrl 



geth-er we plod; 



* f " As 

We'll see the sights of glo-ry and tell them a -new, 



r T g 1 1 j I : I S g E = 



U-v 



F'g 9 V Z f 



} z z z z 

they to us un-fold, 
to the redeemed they un-fold, 

J> J> J J> J> J? Js 



«L-JB}_ 



a 



a 



With saints 

Bells of heav-en ring-ing, 

a j\j» j( j> j? j> 



a-if 



jj jj 



S 



2 



as they un-fold, Saints 

rs n n & rs 



,, ' ,. n - r- p p r-r r n r-n 



z't v v z t \ 



a-bove, We'll tour that shining ci - ty of goldT 

saints and an • gels sing-ing, 



1 *-• — — — 



1 



£ 



^ 



i 



i=EEji 



I 



?=g 



ezzzziszzs 



SZ.A. 



He Understands and Cares For Me 



a • bove, 

103 



Copyright, 1943, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. M. Cain in "Anchored Faith" W. W, Combs 



p^jgg ^j^#"H^p 



1. 1 know that foes will oft assail me, Yet I am always glad and free; 

2. Sometimes thewayseems rough and rugged, It's then by faith I look and see, 

3. And when I reach the vale of shadows He'll bear me o'er life's fitful sea, 



JUgg 6 C 



rf p gpg Fl r .. r l 



£ 



^ 



^«hj3i Ji P 



Sz^ffl 



1 



^=fc 



^^J 






For I am trusting in a Sav - ior Who understands and ca res for me. 
Christ at the throne is inter- ced-ing, He understands and cares for me. 
Out thru the gates of life e - ter - nal, He understands and cares for me. 

^f |r r "gr;flT p i lp ly c F g fij 



& 



104 



Where the Gentle Waters Flow 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
A. E. B. International Copyright Secured Albert E. Brumley 




J*!^' JUaj " 



wm 



r=f 



1. Far beyond this land of sor-row 

2. Ev - 'ry-bod -y will besing-ing 

3. When this mortal life is o-ver 



« 






There's a ci - ty of de-light, 
Glo-ry to the Savior's name, 
Andwegath-er o-ver there, 



x> 



mm rb'br i 



s 



-rS- 




fnv-ft 



ifefc 



m0 



^"Sr 



M=m 



clZM. 



«= 



fs^p 



Where the stream of life is flowing And our faith shall end in sight; 
End - less prais-es will be ring-ing, Loud hosannas we'll proclaim, 
Re - u- nit -ed with our loved ones Who have left this world of care; 



fcfc 



4'b ffil^f-r l FFFSH I 1 ^ 



^^S 



^ 



* * g 



1 



O what shouting o-ver yon-der, 
Onward to thelandofprom-ise, 
In that far-offsweetfor-ev-er 



•x 

what wondrous joy we'll know, 
Trust-ing Je - sus as we go, 
Where no chilling tempests blow, 



£ 



Sfcfc 



S 



g£ 



^ 



1 



-Ht- 



3 



* 






Fine 



>"^v 



fr 



* * **lH -*Mt 



£ 



r r i* 

When we gath-er in the morn-ing Where the gen-tle wa-ters flow. 

On - ward to the home immortal, 

We'll be sing-ing thru the a • ges Where the gen • tie wa-ters flow 

I s ft r* fo^: • • ^- r*i 

a| a! M' aP a|« 4-U rr A t . a a aI. ^J 



i 



-A-«- 



P 



Crh 






££ 



Chorus 




JHU9 . . . 



?9 Wf F= ^"'^ t'fo ^ftff 

By the cool and gen-tle waters,0-ver on the oth-er shore, 
By the gen tie wa - ters, On the oth-er shore, 

• •• • •••••• r^fl r '^j • • • 

AAA . A A ,— — JaIJaI.aA — A 

te w^P-P r if i r r i F r r ^ 11 \ RF^ 



Where the Gentle Waters Flow 




;rj j . an j; i i ^^_ j 



Si 



Light will ban - ish all the darkness, All our sor - row will be 
Light will banish dark -ness, Sor - row will be o'er, for -ev-er 

A . A ^ .AAA 




g 



U t^~ * g g 



l y j ■ j j j Jij^j .ffj 



,g>gfo'r~rm ' r ' J ' lr ^ 7 ^ 



o'er; Where the flow - ers willbeblooming,Peacefor-ev - er 

more;And beautiful flow - ers will be bloom -ing, Peace we'll ev-er 



fc£ 



• ••••• a rtS 

\ n rs s b.s. 



t± 



^■v 



if, 1 ;. - [ •' i j .'i3 ] j| f u i^ 



we will know, 
know, 



Soon we'll be at home for - ev - er, ' 
Soon we'll be at home for- ev-er, 



Wi 



£ 



:1 p^j. 



Y Y^ Y || 



s=fc 



F 



^£3 



105 

Samuel Stennett 



The Promised Land 



Arr. R. M. Mcintosh 




*Mlti\M\^ - $tMp%£ 



1. On Jordan's storm-y banks I stand, And cast a wish -ful eye 

2. All o'er those wide extend-ed plains Shines one e - ter-nalday, 

3. When shall I reach that happy place And be for - ev - er blest? 



toM^«* 



m 



i 



i§£ 



I 



^ 



s%g 



b— t* 



Cho.- 1 am bound for the promised land, 



P^N 



I am bound for the prom ■ ised land, 

IB 



§^ 



*=* 



^ 



r 



To Ca-naan's fair and hap- pyland.Where my pos - ses-sions lie. 

There God, the Son, for -ev-er reigns, And scat-ters night a - way. 
When shall I see my Father's face, And in His bos- om rest? 



-ir- 



a. 



t mF[|ffi# glfl 



O who will come and go with me? I am bound for the promised land. 



106 



Belshazzar's Feast 



(Daniel 5: 1-31) 

Copyright, 1656, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 

Arr. U. S. L. International Copyright Secured U. S. Lindsey 



'■i:. 11 ' i -WTi'J y m 



1. The king was on His throne, the rebels thronged the 

2. The monarch saw and shook, '..... and bade no more re- 

3. Bel-shaz-zar's grave is made his king-dom passed a- 

~ m & if 



fcfc 



tn?BPC " » 



■*- 



H 




m m j Jij 



i wt w- 1 s n C 5 5 5 f 2 

hall, ............... A thousand lights did shine 

joice, All bloodless waxed his look, 

way He in the balance weighed 

T*- "A" I*" T*- "A- T*- 



m 



a± 



:t i i 



B B B B g 



S 



■^rt 



ttfe 



J J nJJ 



*=* 



£ 



fff 



rrrro 



-*» — s- 



a • bove the fes-tive wall 
and trembling was his voice; 
and light as worthless clay; 



A thousand cups of 
Let men of lore ap- 
The ba - bel men of 



g t w w w TTTtrtrt 



u r x z 



m 






*£b 



& 



i 



SmE^ 



gBB S BT 



^FBBBB 



1 S 

gold, in Judah deemed di-vine, 

pear, the wis - est of the earth 

age were wise and deep in lore, 



m 



Ieeses 



m 




Je - hovah's vessels hold the godless heathen's wine 

Expound the words of fear which mar our royal mirth 

But now they wete not sage, they saw.butknew no more. 



tt* 



.k&m 



i 



^ 



mm 



T b b b^ 



£ 



D S - He read it on that night, God's word of wrath so true. 



BelsnazzarY Feast 



Chorus 



SB g l 



iJ^RBhBP'is 



A cap-tive in the land, 
A cap-tive in the land, a stranger and a 



m I m M 



j j* jjj j 



^ s_ 



£ nr - M H ^£ 



P 



Q 



S=5 



i 



J J J J J ? 

J ♦" J ♦* ♦* t» _ 



B3 



5=3 



*1 S 



A stranger and a youth, He heard the king's command, 

youth, He heard the king's command, 




^& 



& 1 8 



g g g g g r f ^ * 8 ^ 



He saw the writ-ten truth, 

He saw the written truth.The lights around were 



m 



pz f I £ I IT B I s Lff jf 1 ? 



s 



*— -^— -X- 



1 , 1 J J J> J j £ 



D.S. 



JJJJJJ 



I 



s 



*1— » 



£ 



£?W 



The lights a round were bright, theprophe-cy in view, 

bright, the prophe ■ cy in view, 



a aa 



nm 



3SE 



1 s 



107 Anchored In His Love 

Copyright, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
y_ q_ q in "Pearly Gates" 



U. G. Carr 



4 



1 



» 



ps 



.t\* g * a 



^S 



1=3 



1 



1. I'm trusting in my King above, My soul is anchored in His love. 

2. I'm walking by my Savior's side,ForHe's my shep ■ herd and my guide. 

3. Let Je-sus come into your heart,A stream of joy and love impart. 



^F i ^ l 'v^pl l -ff^i ?r 'fl r N -f'ti 



108 



Jesus Gave Me Liberty 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Clyde Williams International Copyright Secured Allen Williams 

fc 



v cV i fJ' 



E3S3 






m 



H 



1. There is a song of love now ringing in my heart, my heart, Since Je - sus 

2. The way seems bright since by His love I'm safe-ly led, I'm led, 



7 JUf 

ni F = 



S3 



nn 



* * 



-*» — $- 



^^ 



^ 



HE 



came 
Since 



my soul is free; 
He came my soul is 



I am re- 
free; No more I 



I^Jl 



j^ *$£$ 



m. 



m 



m 



g£ 



W 



ilpp 



3 



St 



» i 



f^» 



r~rr 



joic - ing since for heav'n I made my start, the start, 

walk the paths where souls in bond-age tread, they tread, For Je - sus 



^m^ 



m 0. 



i 



s 



fcfe 



s 



v—» 



i 



Chorus 



p^ 



£ 



n-»- 



xi xi a 



For He gave me lib-er-ty. I've a song down 

gave me lib-er-ty. I have a song down in my 

-Jl -Jl -Jl -p- 1 J J J, 3 JS«N«N r J 



s^e— eg [? F l ^Z.g^ Fdr — ^ 



s i j t i-!iz « i ji j* 1 j^ j* 1 i j 

, L^J ^| Li 



-*»— s- 



Mi 



in my heart, Came, spoke peace to me one day; 

heart, Since Jesus came and spoke sweet peace to me one day; No more I 



'i J-^ffi ^ Tg 



£=£ 



meoneaay; in o more i 



S 



' — • w 



^^ 



j n— s- 



Jesus Gave Me Liberty 



m 

J Mr. 



N=*= 



^^—^n 



JtU 



S 



No more feel the tempter's dart, Je - sus leads me 

feel the tempter's dart, For Je-sus leads me all the 



rrgi^Tir — c^ 



a 



£ 



E=E=F 



^^ 



iBF* 



a gg ,fr 



1— s- 



-?— s- 



^^T ? 



* 



yr^ i"" — *? 

all the way. Some-time, when life here is done, 

way. Some-time,when life down here is done, . I'll live and 



=±=t^ 



BEjE 



Egj i 



^^£ 



*»— *■ 



■=!—«- 



k=s 



J,J, l JJJ- J JVJ | cl^ ^^ 



e 



F 



4-« 



£=£^ 



ft^f 



Reign with Him on heaven's shore; The warfare o'er, -thevict'ry 

reign with Him on heav-en's shining shore; War- fare o'er, the 



^^±E3 



E3 



^=* 



g — g g — ^ 



u u 



3 



j^JU J J pf^J u d 



i ^ 



1 



H 



5t=ft 



f=r 



Wt 



won, With saints I'll praise His name for ev - er-more. 

vie - t'ry won, for - ev - er, ev - er - more. 



m 



§ 



. jji.j 



m 



$^ 



& 



£ 



p p b u u 



109 

Wm. C. Hunter 



I'm Going Home 



Arr. Rev. McDonald 



m 



^ — T\ 



i 



f 



f 



2E^g 



a ma 



g y " ' »'3- " "^'f 

1. Myheav'nly home is bright and fair,No pain nor death can en-ter there; 
Its glit'ring tow'rs the sun out shine,That heav'nly mansion shall be mine. 
Cho.-I'm go-ing home, I'm go-ing home, I'm go-ing home to die no more; 
To die no more, to die no more, I'm go-ing home to die no more. 



&> a IT ^M 







^H 






3=£ 



1 



110 



I Can't Tell You Why 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. R. B., Jr. International Copyright Secured J. R. Baxter, Jr, 

& rs 




fs — f!V 



^— a 



t 5'J 



3=* 



*> I 3 q q m 



1. 1 can't tell you why sal - va-tion cost the blood of Christ the Lamb, 
2. 1 can't tell you why the Shepherd went to seek the poor lost sheep, 
3. 1 can't tell you why He wants a poor un - wor • thy soul like me 



ffi 



mmm 



s 



9 9 



fs— * 






# 



I 



K B ^ 



p = r = Prff 



W=* 



Nor why sin- ners are so pre -cious in God's sight, His ho- ly sight; 
Who had wandered off un - to the high - er ground, the high - er ground; 
For a wit- ness and to let my light to shine, so brightly shinej 



m 



f. f ff^FF l E fr ^N^ 



h — h — h — f* 



* m 



^ — ^ — ^ — ^ 



I can tell you when I yield - ed that He made me what I am, 
I can tell you I was on that lone - ly moun-tain wild and steep, 
I can tell you I be-lieve it and the light of hope I see, 



t± 



PPPPf 



\hrik. *r 



9 9 



P=5 



fe 



9 9.9 

rs r> 



m 



mz~m; 



rs — K 



? **4' 4 



WZZM. 



c t t t r 



I was blind but now I see the gos - pel light, the gos - pel light. 
I was far from God and lost but now I'm found, I now am found. 
That for - ev - er I am His and He is mine, for • ev - er mine. 



J J J JU 



1 



fcfcczK: 



9 — 9 



f- 



r 



9 9 



Chorus 



rs rs 



t 



S^: 



#*=* 



I can't tell you why God so loved us That a ran- 

I can't tell you why God so loved us That a 



^ 



PP 



¥ 



- a — a — a — * — — 



I 



iaz: 



I Can't Tell You Why 



i 



S=ft 



fW* 



rr=5 



som He free-ly paid, Send-ing Je - sus to die on 

ransom He free- ly for us paid, Sending Je - sus to 



m 



'^m 



~=£ 



FF£ 



F 



Jcs 



a r*. 



p=fri 



s 



1 



^ 5 — *4— *< 



WZM 



z z *$ t h r 



Cal • v'ry And up - on Him our sins were laid; 

die on Cal-v'ry And up - on Him our aw - ful sins were laid; 



A A 



Ff- f l PffgMH 



*=s=s 



wzzw. 



v~v 



v—v 



A k 














s 


fs is. 












N, IS 










jr. & 










> i 












fLh 


s 1 






♦ 


« 










« ^ * 


frrv 
























KU 4 








41 






» <= 


_ M 


«' 




I can tell you that pray'rs are an - swered, That Hist 
i can tell you that pray'rs are answered, Th 

A.. ▲ ▲ A. ▲ 


(less 
at Hi 


■ m 

sble 


ssin 

^- - 


gs 


fe): k 5 


1* (• 


9 


*- 
















^ — i 


VE^-5 


-. r 




s/ Er 








17 s 








^ 




^ 1* • 




* n 










J 


^ 




J "- 






V 














V 


s 



















±=3 



^ 



in r> 



P 



around us flow, Sim-ply trust - ing brings sweet as- 

a- round us ev-erflow, Sim-ply trusting brings 



m 



ttt^ i 



1 



V V V — ¥■ 



v d ab 3| J =^ - 



h r* p> 



i 



^ 



rrrrr 



sur - ance, That's suf-fi - cient for me to know. 

sweet assurance, That's suf-fi- cient for you and me to know. 



@s 



££ 



Kl JjJJj 



I 



F^F 



g=g 



U— V 



^ 



^ 



That's suf-fi-cient for me to know. 



Ill 



I Want To Go Where Jesus Is 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
E. S., Jr. International Copyright Secured Ellis Short, Jr. 



4 S nJ Efcl J 



JUJ^'j 



sfet=p 



1. There's a land of fade- less beau - ty a - cross the mys - tic sea, 

2. If I live a life for Je - sus while on this earth I stay, 

3. When my life on earth is end - ed and bur-dens I lay down, 



E l f F £ F I F ff ? f f Hi 



fig; 



55 



n — a 



3 



!♦ "^ 5> ♦ 



1 



g g a V 



i 



- g c g g 



nrrrr 



1 s 



I want to go where Je - sus is; 

I want to go where Je - sus is; 



H^ 



fe 



1 



£± 



ffi 



-*! 5- 



U E U L/ U 



j^j i t \ ui±m 



mm 



ap * 



Sing-ingprais • es of the Sav-ior, how hap - py I shall be, 
I shall have a home in heav-en with Je - sus some sweet day, 
I shall fly a - way to . glo - ry, re - ceive a shin - ing crown. 




,r T, if t FT* 



m 



I want to go where Je- sus is. 

I want to go where Je • sus is. 

J>*_ E > J J 



rlr.-F 



A 



i 



S=fc 



a 



-*! — 5- 



EZZfe 



V— b 



V 1/ 



Chorus 



J' J $ J 



BT3S 



S 



s 



i r 



«j— s- 



fm 



1 s 



^ 



fF 



#»: 



W »wr- 



rf r ^ 



I want to go where Je-sus is, 

I want to go where Jesus is, I want to 




^ 






I Want To Go Where Jesus Is 



^ WA^^^f 



BE 



-*— s- 



g g : *' ip 



fmrp 



^^^ 



5¥$ 



Be close by His side,close by His side; I want to share 

be close by His side,close by His side; I want to share that perfect 



1 



JLJLEE 



idrzs 



S 



:*=?=»: 



-**—*- 



g B g B 



y— U 



u \> 



s 



n^n 



J5=S 



^^ 



«P »P -4 3 +P" 1 s 



?* 



?w 



M Si w 



r 



r- 



that perfect life, In that home abide.with Him abide; 

life, And with Him in that home abide; what a 



a 



£:£: tn 



£^t^ l2Mli x 



ii 



fiE 



£ 



-**-* 



& 



fr^^r 



aI a I si S i 



^=^ 



B 6 B S 



^=^ 



t r : : 



what a time that day will be, When saints are crowned 

time that day will be, When saints are crowned 



aid!^ — i e ftrt r , .rn* As — -c 



b 1. 1 at -q-«-«— r^ •■_ J J J j 1 -s 



* ^F^ rj* ^ 



rf IT 



on that fair shore; I want to meet 

on that fair shore; I want to meet with you up • 



1 5 



^iftjJ 






ft* 



-**— 5 1 r ■ * 



ES 



^ 



1 s 



^ B g V 



^ J J =j ^ : 






r^ ^rt 



r 



r* 



with you up there, Live for ev - er-more, for e v - er-more. 

there, And with them live for ev- er-more. 

f f p * tff.JJJJj 



"FTir 



I 



112 



We Hast Hasten 



Copyright, 1956. by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. International Copyright Secured V. O. Fossett 




3=^ 



-Vr 11 ^ J V 3 



ife 



n 



2 



rr" 



X ■ « I | 5 f JF 

1. The fields are white, The har-vest will soon be past, 

2. The need is great, We must gath - er in the grain, 

3. Each day we work .... May bring oth - ers to the fold, 

m im , (• _ p m. * p * 



Bi 



SriH^r 



£=£ 



sa 




pp 



3ZZ3SZI 



^ 



nt 



x r r " r ~ r^ 

Swift comes . . . the night, . . . The vineyard is wide and vast; 

No time to wait, .... The call comes o'er hill and plain; 

We must not shirk . . .While man- y are lost and cold, 



frfe te te C fe i J^J^^ 



S 



a 



*=* 



#=* 



P 



m m m h m 

-*j 9 9 *i ?iv 



2 



P 



sJ=U 



r 



Let's all be true, '....'. And la - bor as well as pray. 

Each soul . . . who cries ... Is most pre-cious in God's sight. 
The time .... is near , .. . . And on • ly a faith - ful few, 



l» i» 



fck 



Bi 



BE 



t:s 




2 



a 



nf'iSr i'WT^* iliTj^j 



This task .... pur - sue, . 
He wins .... who tries, . 
Who brave ... all fear 



. That's why we must work to - day. 
. Keep shedding the gos-pel light 
And dai -ly the task pur -sue. 



*ti. i .ff.- i .f*T | ff , rri J - M i 



Chorus 




£^ 



i 



•r— *- 



« 



m 



^ i i 






^Et 



We must hasten if we would car- ry, Man-y precious sheaves 



BB 



*»— »- 



p 






*l 8 



We Must Hasten 



^PPP 



sN^ 



=fe£E3 



*l — s- 



£ 



r?-£ 



R^ 



to 

to the great King, 



Je • sus the King, There's no time 



There is no time for us to 



m 



itt 



m 



-*l 5- 



P 



2 



h »|J J J Ji 



a .fg = ij^^ 



§W? Cr- 3 F ^f 



r 



hereto tar-ry " " 'Round" ' are souls we might bring; 

tar - ry While a • round us are souls we might bring; 



FfFf. i f..M £ = i^ 



m 



s. 



*M 



i 



be 



1— s- 



^£ 



Let's go forth be Hiswork-ers, Serve, 

Let us go forth and be His workers, Do our du - ty, no 



m 



S=f=f 



I 



BE 



-*!—»- 



-^ — s- 



V — P 



$mmmmm 



-* — »- 



rr^r 



no long-er de-lay, • Has no room, 

long-er de - lay, He has no room for i - die 

.a?- A- 



s 



-*1 — 5- 



J? J S- 



V V 



j J '\i i\i' 1 1 J' J ^IrTP^ 



BE 



g r ' r r 



i - die shirkers, That is why we must has- ten to-day. 

shirkers, must has -ten to-day. 



§ 



^ 



k=*z£; 



5 



ft 



g^gE JhJjJ 



"P Pi v wT 



1 



H 



113 



I Will Lift Up Mine Eyes 



Copyright, 1956, by 'Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
T. P. International Copyright Secured Terry Pillow 



m^ 



a— v— ^ i g s r> i i , r> i n f 

•** a a a i gap p g Eg i^;^ " 



1. 'Tis a heav - y load that I am bear-ing, Sometimes it 
2.1 am glad to know that I have Je - sus, If I should 

3.1 will lift mine eyes up to the Sav-ior, I would 



W m 



Irfc3: s^=s 



52 



nrQi rp mii 



EE 



— <±> At 



!£=« 



21=S 



seems this lonesome road I can-not tread; Sometimes the teardrops dim my 
fal - ter ontheway,He'llholdmyhand, And when I eome to cross dark 
shoutHis name from highest mountain known; It will be great in that fair 



fe h i ;f = F ff | f : f | f 



£ 



i g a a — fr 



r 



s=£ 



D— * 



Sll 



£fc 



P 



i 



asi 



TOT 



vi-sion, Un-til it seems I can- not see the way a -head. 
Jor-dan, I know that He will pi - lot me to Beu - lah land, 
ci - ty, To live with Christ the Lord a -round the shin-ing throne. 



§ 



Ja-^-^-W 19 — W—-£~9-*—W W W- 



^JPJ 



^ 



£fe 



K 



E=a 



■ZIZI 



y — v — v 



f=q= 



U ¥ V 



3^£ 



j > 4 a i a ! j j j i « _ ■ j — r ^^J; 



FT 



Lift up mine eyes to Christ the Lord, 

I will lift up mine eyes un-toChristJe - sus, I will 



m 



n 



H H it it 



:s= s : 



S 



^—5" 



1 S 



£ 



ttzjzzztz 



y -y 



3 






Trusting Him; I will lay a -side my care; 

lay a -side my load of care; I'll hum- bly 



jjfe %r fr- 



f-. £"% ■, B 



£p¥P^ 



.,«_-^_ 



i a 



u L> v v v 



I Will Lift Up Nine Eyes 




¥ 



g g Bii 



11 



N^rg r">r ^ 



p 



Pn: 



I'll hold His hand, guide me a -long, Ev-'ry grief 

hold His hand, and He will guide me, Ev-'ry sor - - row 



& 



I fe^ggf-' I 



£>££ 



^ 



g— 7 



y — u 



fi — h 



5=5 



J J J J 



iB35 



? 



3 



g-*iT 



1 ^~^ar 



^S^£ 



r^r 



^^ 



He in tender love will share. I'm not a - fraid, 

He in love will share. With Him I'm not a - fraid, 



S* 



Mm 

m — m — P— 

C £ ^ 



pg^ 



5-b— » 



£ 



s 



rf=*: 



tn? 



h 1 S 



s 






j^^ 



S 



a 



b e n<v ^f g | 



f 



^T 



tho storm clouds come, Matters not what some 
tho storm clouds gath - er, Matters not whatoth-er peo-ple 



^^^ 



je 



•■ * \ r HHeHI 1 g-^g 



s 



r r f r sas B r " Epi'"** 



e 



oth-er peo-ple say. I'll liftmineeyes to 

say. For I will lift mine eyes un- to Christ Je - - 



y^ff 1 fe * i fHi 



^r— 5- 



1 



fe££ 



2 



P 



rr~T> 



a 



S 



35 



ZSZZS 



r^r g pgf =rfwP 



r 



Christ the Lord, He will be with me all a -long the way. 

sus, He'll be with me all a- long the way. 



lfc 



zszzs: 



zz te 



P U 9 



iszzszzezzs: 



H 



114 



He's My Lord and King 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Adger M. Pace International Copyright Secured Clyde Williams 



Sfe=?36: 



££ * b * i 



* 



3 X 



1. Je - sus came from glo - ry just to set the cap - tive free, 

2. When I was a sin-ner He came in and saved my soul, 

3. Now I have the sweet as -sur-ance He will lead me on, 



he- 



IP 



EEEI 1 C = £ 



m 



£££ 



V B P g 



F F 



^tdWy^W 






*n*- 



S 



And ofHim each day I glad-lysing; 



Giv-ing up His 
Cleansed my heart from 
I glad-lysing; Till I see His 



he. * 



■MMg^ 



Ir — _ -^-g^erig g 



i» r» 



fcfc 



S 



F — F 



F F F F F F F F 



iflf j)i 



eS 



d W Hip 



ft 



tt-ft 



w* 



p 



life for me on cru-el Cal- va - ry, 
e- vil, made me happy, free and whole, 
face on that e - ter-nal glo-ry dawn, 



And to-day, He is my Lord and 



m 



M 



I 



i » r» 



S 



■ZKZB 



F— F 



F F F F 



Chorus 



F F FFF F F F 



Se 



,j^h i .p j^" j j .m 



a 



r x x x x t r<^x x r-^x x 

is : 

41 



King, He's my King, Sav-ior King, 

He is my King. He is my King, my 



Mimm 



:s — £=4. *\ g 



K 



F F F 



b i jjj^ijjji jj js|j> j,: 



*r**F 



r^fT^-^f^HTF^-HST 



great e - ter-nal King, Now I sing, yes, I sing, I so 

great e- ter-nal King, OfHim I sing, each day I glad-ly 



s 



Y 1 ftg g 



F F F ' + »-»-»- 
U F F 



I 



S=F£ 



:^^ 



He's My Lord and King 



U'J i'^i i'i'J'^ ?^ 5 



1 1 M P a IS |N -ft-n 



£ 



^ ■* -^ 



glad -ly sing; With Him walk, proudly walk, with Him dai-lywalk, 
sing; With Him I walk, with Him I dai- ly walk, With 



m 



s 



y y y 



y u u u u u 



u u 1/ 



fe^ W: il"" JPH 



r^rr— ztr^t 



With Him talk, yes, I talk, with Him free-lytalk; As we go, 
Him I talk, with Him I free-ly talk; And as we 



£ 



— ■=! —q 

* m — ~m—a> 



r r "• — www — 17 v 



t^y u 



b 1 ;, ^,r , r-ii , pi j fi jjj-i i f ^f jn jjj^ 



onward go, on and up we go, This I know, now I know, 
go, as on and up we go, One thing I know, oh, 



ft- f-f-f 



•jS-Jt-JS. 



eetfe 



M: 



•J_.A^-)_ 



9—9 9 9 9 9 



y— -v — b 1 



u ^ u u u u» 



1 ^ Ja*i £g r Eg rr l ?. * g rr r. /^g-H-^ +iy-^ 



>* i> H ^ 



yes, . I tru-lyknow I shall sing, yesj'llsing, with the 
yes, I truly know Someday I'll sing, with an-gels I shall 



m 



kztt ^^^ ^ 



BE 



U U 9 , — V V u 



^JJ^Ji. gB 



w 



I 



■rrr^r f ^ 



angels sing, I will praise, praise my King, He's my Lord and King. 
sing, I'll praise my King, for He's my Lord and King. 



m 



i 



b b b u U = 



i^v 



i> u 



1 



115 



I Am His and He Is Mine 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music.<"i Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. International Copyright Secured Mr. and Mrs. Wilbur Wilson 



H4 . i J- — - J - 



A 



3 



£E 



m 



J— J i 



r r » r r. 



st 



rf 



! rr ' fff 

He gave My soul to save, .... Such 



S 

1. His life 

2. I'll see His face In that glad place, ... 'Twill 



§§§1 



rrrrhrrf 

— i — x — 



x— * 



w 



3^3 



S 



m 



5 ■^•fij. ^l — ^ 



azzs 



5S 



4 ja 3 V r f rrf^ 



love ne'er was shown as He gave His own, I'm His, He's mine; 

out- shine the sun.He's God's on-ly Son, I'm His and He is tru-lymine; 



i&>=s=^^ Fif r 



? 



j j j j . j j j 



^^ 



*E 



^ 



^^ 



»_^^J_^ 



3* 



1^3 



"-J *+j ^ - j J 



-5- 



« rr * r r * * 

I praise His name . . . For me He came, .... The 

True joy is there .... For all to share, .... The 



I 



m& 



m^ 



5- 



.*. 



-S- 



*— kr 



g A. 



*ZZK 



■* 



te 



i 



S££ 



I 






p i p |» |« r i p r ^ 



I* ^1 



way brighter grows.my heart o-ver-flows, I'm His, He's mine. 

days nev - er end, I'll be with my friend, I'm His and He is tru-lymine. 



^S 



^J^iijij 



^^ 



u=& 



f^f 



Chorus 



i^t-ij jjj* 



m^ 



m 



-**—& 



a! Al Al Zg 



I now am His, He now is mine, I'm 

I am His, He is mine, I am tru - ly now a 



M 



:tzc 
V U 



WW 



-»+— s- 



I Am His and He Is Mine 



M 



ferf 



^J4N, i^j^ ^= 



-*i — s- 



^ r-r F g F - f ^^F 



fyr^^rrf 



a child of a King, Won-der - ful grace, 

child of heaven's King, Thru His grace so di- 



Effii 



m 



PPP 



s 



-=1 5- 



B 1/ 



k J JJJ. j j > 



^^ 



H 



-n—s^ 



r c c ' ^ f-g^^ 



r- 



nr r ' — r 

grace so di-vine, Glad praise I now can sing; 

vine, I am glad that now His praises I can sing; 



be* 



WEE-MUM. 



~wrz?± 



B 



i a 



*i r 



rffr 



fcdz 



H - i JJJ.U- 



Fn=£ 



ffi 



S 



J *h- 5- 



It was for me His life He gave, Soul 

Twas for me life He gave, That my soul might be re- 



Pfc^ 



H 



-a -, 



g~n» i# m 



i a 



w u 



u u 






P c t 'r- -fp Ft 



r^ 



might be made to shine, He is the friend 

deemed and made to shine, He's the friend who can 



^ 



ttr 



l^= 



H 



-*1 — 5- 



V— U 




lost men to save, I'm so glad that I am His and He is mine. 

save, now that Je-sus is mine. 



HteH> 



t — i* — p* — »a» pl a — *• 



=££ 



ii^j. 



a 



p — g 



w— k 



u u» - u u \ / 






izzk 



r 



116 



Sing On the Way 



Copyright, 1056, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
B. I. C. International Copyright Secured B. I. Cline 



pf^siPIPPii 



1. Sing a song as youtrav-el a-long, On your journey be-low, my brother, 

2. Tell of love from the Sav-ior above, How He died in our place, to save us, 



A A A A A A | A A » A ^ 



IS# 



ss 



3^=^= 



v-v 



faeja 



i .JJJJ 



-!J_j> 



a 



s 



^ 



car 



Bringing cheer to the wea- ry ones here, Joy and gladness to show,keep singing. 
Help them win o - ver Sa-tan and sin, Thru His mar-vel-ous grace.O praise Him. 



EsfaEi 



HI 



S±£ 



s 



wn 



S P K ^ 



I 



b U UJ 



^ 



Chorus 






rV-f* 



■n^- 



:1a 



=*H 



ii 



W 



Ft 



^^ 



On the way, " pass - ing day, cheer the 

Sing-ing on the way, ev - 'ry pa§s - ing day,cheer the lone and 
Keep on sing - ing, gladness bring - ing, help to cheer the 

-aTUS-aD aN aT aIU^ aTV aP a&-* 



4 



f 



s 



=5 

ing the 



Keep 



sing 



ing, 



cheer 



t 



Ji&JJM)- i 



& 



^- -**-*- 



f 



f 



r=F 



sad, Voice in song, go a-long," make them 

sad, Liftyourvoiceinsong,asyou go a-long,mak-ing oth-ers 

sad and lone - ly, Voices blend -ing, praise unend- ing, making oth-ers 

J " J JAP J^ JA P J . a J_ J> 



"■ff=F 



1^^ 



sad.cheer the lone and sad, Lift 



t 



I 



your 



mak-ing oth-ers 




Sg 



glad; 
glad; 
glad; 

J* 



Ev-'rymile', sun -ny smile, prais - _ es 

Brighten ev - 'rymile,with a sun-nysmile,make glad praises 
Brighten each mile with a glad smile, prais • es 

J \,- JAT Ji, JAP j , ;- 1 



^ 



^V^^^f = n t := T =£E l^ 



glad,making others glad; Keep on sing - • ing, make pruis-es 



Sing On tne Way 



m 



" ' r. 4 m % sr ~ ~ y * * b^ 3 H 



ring, Bring the lost ones in,newlife to begin.praising Je- sus our 

ring, tell the story, Bring them in, to begin 



^ b b rr & '" " ^ 



te a ± , JJ A ft 



fe^ 



fc=^ 



£=£=£ 



5± 



prais - ing 



B 



6 & & 



^^± 



^i- 5 - 



3=^ 



ne Ft 



vrw — w — w 



P 



IT 

King. They grope in sor-row, sad and 

up in glo-ry. They are groping in sor - row, O so lone-ly and 



^ 



ffffi 



*± 



£ 



de 



r ' gg^b 



f* 



King. 



^^ 



£ 



^ 



s s re 



ifee 



-=»-*- 



*** A A 



■n- 5 - 



p 



at 



t 



•*i' "^ 



Hi 



so lone-ly, Hope for to-mor-row, hap - py and 

sad, Bring them hope for to - mor • row make them hap - py and 



JU^- 



$ 



Jjjl 



*-. W 4 » 



fl F itt r fr 



it 






^-■iMJr;. J -iS 



&=& 



w 



f 



so free and glad; Mes- sage out world a-bout Je - sus' 

glad; Sing themes-sage out, tell the world a-bout Je-sus' sav-ing 

Sing the message, tell the world of Je - sus' 

Jjjj.a JJJ} 3 JAP JU gj: 



i 



£fr 



±- 



-si-*- 



sing of His 



r=f=T = ^ E 



Sing 



it, 



tell 



it, 



I 



M* 






5 



F 



rr^ 



love, Help them on the road to that blest a-bode in heav-en above. 

love, On the road, blest abode in heav-en up a-bove. 

love and mercy.Help them to reach heaven above. 



te 



w ,. ,- iLM^mtMA^M M 



Y""r r id 



* c* — c 



1 



117 



It Was Really No Surprise 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
L. G. P. International Copyright Secured Luther G. Presley 

f* — r> 




jjjUJ'^J 



is r s 'h is — r» 



t i t a t 



=^st=lt 



1. When we think how Je-sus left those mansions bright a-bove, In His mer-cy 

2. By His might-y pow-er He called Laz'rus from the grave, Calmed the raging 

3. Yes, we know that God can do just an - y- thing He wills, Call Him an • y 






fc£ 



^ 



s^czszzs: 



sa 



\ J I V V If U V ] / W V ■ V 



wm 



t -^ \i i i i i 



came, glo - ry to His name; When He speaks to some poor sin - ner 
sea, set the cap -tive free; When He sends the bless -ing like a 
time, He is on the line; When He hears us pray- ing and our 



tfc!! 



H 




IP 



h h 



P 

v. 



w it 



in a voice of love, Say- ing child a - rise, it is no sur-prise. 
might-y rush-ing wave, Saves and sane- ti - fies, it is no sur-prise. 
cup He o - ver fills, More than sat - is - fies, it is no sur-prise. 



t EJfr te 



^m 



& 



is 



i 



P| > L> L> L? — 17- 



y U 



u — u 



Chorus 



^:'- & , j|J JJinJLJ^ 



eg £ - E p r 



It was no sur-prise when Je - sus took me in, 

No sur-prise, no sur-prise 



S 



is 



He 



i* ^ u 



f L> If U I U U b* 






J J l J- ,P ,P t j? 



g' g F^fj 



a 



FT 



It was no sur-prise, that He pardoned all my sin, 

No sur-prise, no sur-prise, 



m 



:^^^ 



T> F~ 



:: — ~ — r 

; : b b k 



^ ft ft. 



I 



£ 



h-h 



It Was Really No Surprise 



H fl g=g: 



^^ 



Wf 



^ ^ ^ 



^r 



r^ 



s 



No surprise gave the world 

that He came from glory, the redemption sto-ry, 

- fc=g==:£: =^ a a ^ b g i a a — - 



u If \J 



±=£ 



iM^ ^ fJt 






H=*FW=f$ 



u r g g g 



That we the crown of life might win; 



SI 



It was no surprise when the 
No surprise, no surprise, 



js.:e::_ 







0-0. 



m 



5 



bbb 



< »• 1 



Eg 



2=2=2=2=2 



rY-ft 



«2 



i^a 



a j j ggggjg gBi 



OT^ 



TT 



light be-gin to shine, It was no surprise, when I felt His hand in mine, 

No surprise, no surprise, 



teal 



£ 



^a^ 



^Zi=» 



di 



2=2 



i i—jz I r i- Q .2~2-2 L 

U"U 9 p P P p p 



I > h {S N 






E^F 



^ >« -^ 



*? g g g 



*=? 



rr. 



s 



No surprise " that He gave 

when I came confessing, heaven's sweetest blessing, 

-g=g=g= q as : v=P : b i a a - 



^ L' f 



£|£ 



rti. 



MfM 



I 



B 



5 



For I knew it was real-ly no sur- prise- 

that He could and would, 

1 







£ 



. p ty- -P- 



HSl 






fefe 



=S 



ft* 



5=1 



1 / g ^ 



118 



True Joy Diyine 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Mrs. Austin Williams International Copyright Secured Austin Williams 



Ai rjiJ T J J~3 



£i^=l 



f 



»r r «■ ' *> 



*=* 



1. My soul .... is glad, .... Since Je - sus has set me 

2. He dwells .... with - in, ... As I walk close by His 



1 



I h 4 a 



W 



Ff 



SE 



^H^V^ 



& 



B 



F^ 



£=F* 



free, set me free; He cheers when sad, 

side, by His side; He bore my sin, 



By 

His 



jj^j 



m 



s± 



SB5 



£ 



Chorus 




love He is lead-ing me, lead-ing me. True joy di-vine, 

peace with me will a - bide, will a -bide. True joy 



di- 




\ J If J 



fetydJJi/f^^fi 



fen 



i* 



last-ing joy di-vine, For I am His, He I know is mine; 
vine, I'm His, He's mine; 

jt jt 4t 4t j£: :£_ "fa :£: 



m*=? 



s 



•=5=5 



> ^-tiM? 



u b > L> -fr 



fr — y 



l> U 



b i j j^ y 



•* ^ * •* j 



s 



^r^ 



■ r z-J ' r 



r 



I'm 



I'm glad each day, 
glad each 

0t m m m 



hap - py ev - 'ry day, While 
day, 



& 



g g 



I 



L> U 1/ 



True Joy Divine 



li j i pi i i j i j — j 



* — -**- 



?rvr 



walk -ing the glo • ry way. Soul is sing-ing, 

glo • ry way. My soul is sing - ing, 



m 



J J j? aj 



MM 



Sp 



ffi 



FT 



m 



^ 



^^ 



»=3 



an ■ i i 



* j 



rrnr 



joy-bells ring- Ing, Tell -ing of sav-ing love; 
joy - bells ring- ing, sav - ing love; He 

-J -p m m . m m m k*. >. .#> 



m 



te=» 



^^ 



Si 



BE 



^=f 



f= 



i , J J +T J . i j J J 



fEj-T r 



H 



F= 



F=EFf 



He is my song, my de-light-ful song, When days are long, 

is my song, The whole 



13 



£± 



m 



iz=dz 



V g U z 



s — s k 



u u 



g j j jj gy i i j gj 



be* 



r » T P D £ 



tf^ 



yes, the whole day long, He'll keep my 

day long, He'll safe • ly keep, 

it JL 'JL JL" Jt 



fcfe 



BE 



^ ^ ^ 



u u u u 



U V 



m m ggpg I g p 



j= 



HE 



I 



g r p r 



soul, And lead me to home a - bove. 

keep my trust-ing soul, home a - bove. 






I 



^=F 






gl 



119 



I'm On a Journey 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
O. 0. K. International Copyright Secured O. O Kidd 




t l 7 >I|J J g 7 j | d l? ^ 7 ^ 



1. Thereis a beau-ti-ful land, beyond the glit-ter-ingstrand,AndChrist is 

2. I know He's ev - er the same, I want to praise His dear name And walk be- 



tea^iia i 



r ; u 



S 



j j 



kufi 



4 + 



3D 



&=Bu=fS 



j— : J,. ^ 13^: 

*J — g ■ a I *J — *J — ^1 — il 



^ 



^E 



aza 



reigning there a- bove; He is a won-der-ful friend, on Him I 

up a-bove; 
side Him all the way; what a great joy 'twill be His face in 

all the way; 



^M^ 



i 



g g r 



f m h k 



ii 



fck=K 



S 



£i 



F 



■fc-* 






m — +1 — ff-5; — ■■■ *^ 



fcj: 



»— — ^ c — 

*J *J *J — IJ-At 

dai - ly de - pend To guide me by un- fail- ing love, His great love; 
glo • ry to see, When I shall join the bright ar- ray, bright ar* ray; 



m p p *e p ' j f iF P " | > £ 



J* J* J>*L 



J 



F 



^ 



IS IN 



m 



m 



i 



IK 



• — <<■ — • ■ 

9 — ♦ — w — •* 
*j — ^— i — 



^=*r 



Hereman-y trou-bles a-rise,whenSa-tan in His disguise, Designs to 
A - long the gold-en bright street,with my dear loved ones I'll meet.U - nit - ed 



\j b \j I L> L> L> I l> L> l> I L> L» b i L/ y — :g 



K± 



be 



^ l^ v | il JjtfJf J J 1 ^ ! 



^^ 



lead in - to the wrong; Tho storms a-bout me may sweep, I know that 

in-to wrong; 
on fair heaven's shore; And as the a-ges shall roll.with joy and 

on that shore; 



^ p p p Pf Iff f f frffr Tfff\ 



D. S.- With friends and loved ones I'll meet, our joys all 



Tin On a Journey 



r\ h r* 



W* 






B B M 



g P 3 3 



Fine _ 



Je • sus will keep till I shall join the heav'n-ly throng. 

the bright throng, 
peace in my soul I'll praise the Lord for ev - er-more. I'm on a 

ev - er-more. 



mf*m . f 



H 



s± 



5 



e 



*l— £- 



full and complete.And that fair land shall be my home,my new home. 



ffllS l ^ 



35E* 



HH 



Eft 



-*»-s- 



SS 



F^ 



*r^ 



r 



Journey that leads, heav-en-ly land, Sav-ior will be 

journey that leads to that land, Where Christ the in com 

t& — m 



^^ 



W~^ 



I 



■n-*- 



ez£ 



■*>—*- 



ff 



- a ME- 



l/ V 



±=£ 



: S p ps i «i 5 i J* ^"^ 

i — <« — v — ^— 1 — '-* — •*- — •*— 



m 



*W J' SE J 



-^n— 5- 



z: — ♦! — ^ » i — : — *_ _zz^^z3=3^ s '_s ; - X 

r-— - r g C b g ^ ? J C r 'i ^^f 

in full command; Won-der-ful time sure - ly 'twill be, 

mand; what a it will be, 



ff ff ,«| f 



I 



fcfc 






ft 



1 S 



^ g E 



a y b 



J."""J"? 



^ 



n-* 



sft 



1 £ 



^P£ 



£ 



rFF 



rpr 



His dear face I see; ' Walk on the streets, 

When up there I shall see; With saints I'll walk on the streets of bright 



g r h^ T~ 



A£jy 



£z£L_*IjjE 



u 



ft 



Je ^-5- 



-*!—£- 



-*hi- 



Fi 



L> V V 



b J J J 



D.S. 



^3 



N— fV 



#^^ 



I 



H 



5 j -P-5 : 



g nr— F 



f. 



r g g*F 



streets of bright gold, ' Glo-ries of heav'n to us un-fold; 

gpld, And watch the glories of heav- en un-fold; 






I 



JMH^ 



p— V 



-*i — s- 



fr— g 



* -1 s 



120 



Sing Me a Song About Jesus 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
G. T. S. International Copyright Secured G. T. Speer 



«^=£ 



P 



*=*=* 



IFFS 



5tn 



1. Sing me a song a-bout Je-sus, Sing me a song a -bout His love, 

2. Je - sus the wonder - ful Savior, Guides me a -long the rug-ged way, 



j fr r b k b- rT i* 1 c r E g b b ^ 



32" 




B5 



5±=t^ 



h— ^ 



«-^ — »* — ^ 



p i q ^ p^ 



Sing with all your might,ev-'ry dayandnight,Makethe hal- le • lu-jahs 
Nev-er lets me fall, hears my fee- ble call, Makes the way so bright for 



'17 U U V — * b U b U U I 




M^iv 



IH •* ^ 



Sing out the bless- ed old sto-ry, Tell how He 
I will for - ev - er a- dore Him, I will for- 



roll; 
me; 



j g v. , g — 3k — ■■ 1 A A A-r- (*— i — h h v 



5=fc 



w= = — — z ir^ 1 3 =8s =* — 



5 = 



*=^ 



gave the vie - to - ry, Dy - ing on a tree, all for you and me, 
ev - er sing His praise, He will take me home,nev-er more to roam, 

BM is . A — A — A A- 



p4- ' 7 1 1 6 5 g 



jw 



5 



p — p 



p — f 



feJS 



Chorus 



How He came and made me whole. 

Then His lov - ing face I'll see. Sing me a song a - bout 



i m t g= 



^m 



Sing Me a Song About Jesus 



fe=?y 



& — & 



r=^ 



1Z3 



*M 



* m — g 



A -bout Je-sus, A -bout His love, 

Je • - * sus, Sing me a song a-bout His love, 



m 



Xj^ 



■■ m M p p 



J J J^ 



£ 



r r <g=g 



p 



S 



ft — ft 



^= 



a a 



Sing it, sing it, 

Sing with all your might ev - 'ry day and night, 



BEE 



i J J- 



X^ 



| g r gg I r 



s 



faafefc=& fcd > 



i 



5 - 



r^r-r ' g g " =f^f 



If the way is bright or dim; 
A A V J 



Sing me a song a - bout 



m wut mm 



.N ft J .' 



JJJ J 



r 'c gir^^T'f. W. 



T 



A- bout Je-sus, A - bout His love, 

Je - - sus, Sing me a song a - bout His love, 

_A AAA. ' A 



fcfe 



£5=S 



g B B 



!> PI l> 



WJJ^J|jif^"^l-H 



g g * v 



Sing about His grace, till you see His face, Sing me a song a-bout Him. 



Bl 



|A, A fr- 



L> -iU -V-- 



.rtftf i ffffrff a 



121 I Want To Be There To Welcome You Home 

Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. International Copyright Secured Dwight Brock 




1. There's com-ing a day when homeward I 

2. No eye has e'er seen, no ear has e'er 

3. What glo - ry 'twill be with Je - sus to 




r r * 7 u r i 

go, Where I shall a - bide 

heard, The rec - ord is clear 

dwell, His name to ex - tol . 



m i t n 



B 



*r-«| B-S- 



J >B he Wr 



J V V ' U 



V V V 




S ■ J ■ 



=ei 



BTOB ^^^ 



W^W 



for - ev - er I know; And if I ar-rive . 

in God's ho - ly word; The skies are all bright 

His prais-es to swell; To mansions of joy . . 



BS 



i i &• fr ig= *'k [■[■ 



s 



i a 




i= -f-p 



fe^ 



=£ 



^^ 



J s s : 



• [r g-- ir ^;;.-'ru^ ^ 



while here you still roam, I want to be there 

for there is no gloam, 

'neath heaven's fair dome, I want to be there 




S±s 



■ * 1 s 



5- A— *r 



5Z» 



Efc 



J V V [/ 



^m 



Chorus 



| J J J J 






^ 



to wel-come you home 



L*' *fT> 



1 5 

want to be 



to wel-come you home. 



I Wanl To Be There To Welcome You Home 



.H Jf-Jr 



mm 



i 



p 



r= 



z z z zr 



z z z t 



there to welcome you home, 

I want to be there to wel-come you home, 



^ 



1 



b\> u b 



tt JJN 



i 



=t 



U U 1/ 
IS 



fy— 5 



^=^=¥ 



z c g f r 



1 5 

To live in that land a - cross the dark 

To live in that land 



: g g g zgzzzg 
[7 b b b l 



Ml 



ji — s- 



»* 



W V— V — u 



±s 



- k ^.j,- — -j is gg jk-TV-Tl Pi 



% 



foam; How hap-py we'll be 

a- cross the dark foam; How hap - py we'll be 



wm 



m 



m 



B 



i a 



£ 



*i 3 - T J* ■ Pl^^"""' ^ 



sb^=P=t>=iB 



g^3 



S 



i> » g I a 



r c ^ d [r =r = n s . 

when heav-en we see, I want to be 



when heav-en we see, 



*t 



-3 5^- 



^ 



^ P b =V 



p p U =U 



A* 



. P .P J , 



=fc 



Si 



> « C f g "g ^g 



F* F*fT 



there to welcome you home. 

I want to be there to welcome you home. 



W 



B 



■ A A. A L». 

b b ■ b g= 



3$i 



b b b b 






122 



Singing Anew the Blessed Story 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. International Copyright Secured Marvin P. Dalton 



p 



^m 



s 



m 



*" ' Vrrr" * 

1. Let's keep our joy-bells ev-er ringing,e'er ringing, How Je-sus came to 

2. This praise we'll sing both now and ev - er, and ev • er, For Je-sus is a 



m 



*£ 



¥ 



F*=P 



m 



K=S 



£=E 



V-V V- 



V V V 




55 



i 



m 



rTrf 



^t* 



rr.r.r 

set men free, set men free, He left a host of an-gels singing, all singing, 
friend divine, so divineJhere'snaughtforusHislovecan sev-er, cansev-er, 



f 



trt 







±£ 



rr^rt 



£=£ 



s: 




^ 



UfitUi 



m 



*t» 



rr^rr 



And came to prove His love for you and me, you and me; What joy and 
That's why I know I'm His and He is mine, He is mine; And so my 



Hi 



MF 



7~V~V t ~~] p v 



a 



£ 



te 



iH 



|pr-*^H 



4/ 



rrrr 



com-fort to us bringing, still bringing, The bless-ed Prince of Peace is 
heart shall doubt Him nev-er, Him nev-er, My all to Him I now con- 



f Ff'FKc 



ttc 



s 



szszztzt 



UUP 



£ 



te 



m 



i&El 



*W 



'f.r-ffr* 



m -- ^* 



He, now is He,That's why the an - gels sang in heav- en a-bove, Let's 
sign.now consign, And while the an-gels sing in heav -en a-bove, Let's 



W 



s 



:ezJ: 






-U-V- 



% 



fVW^ 



Singing Anew the Blessed Story 

Chorus 



m 



fejjfe 



m 



212 



¥ 



rr 



tell a-new the sto-ry of love. Sing-ing a-new the blessed sto-ry, 
tell a-new the sto-ry of love. Singing , the sto-ry, 



§£§ 



y. s I <?. 51 



tr 



f 



'±k 



/ I s* s 



szs 



^ W 



g d 'r r ^2** 4 r r J 



giv-ingourSav - ior all the glo- ry, For the great love that made Him 
Sav-ior Him Love that Him 



gs 



f 



ffi 



S=S 



szzt 



^^5 



hJ'^ 



I 



m 



Win W ig 



SZ2S 



rr" 



bear our sin and our shame, He came to set us free and died upon the 
bear all 



Ep gt ^ B 



i 



8 



■!■■ 



ffi 



eis 



sz^zsz:s 



U> g g — g g I s~j"s— g 



9 V V 



m 



si 



»3j| 13 » J~A:=3^ 

■s=? — * ^. ™ — ^ ^~ 



izaz^zs 



a — a: 



tree, That's why I want to praise His dear name; His blessings 'round us flow, our 



SB 



* 



?#ff 



IB 1 1 F 1 



i^ 



g-^^f-^ ;| g 



ts s B 



3se£ 



i 



as 



aiz: 



*rr — * r s * 



all to Him we owe, how we love to praise His wonderful name, 
we love to praise His most wonderful name. 



m 



inF 



zszis: 



H ., g g g g g g g 

1 g I g L> \j if \j - 



I 



123 



What a Wonderful Time 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
G. T. P. International Copyright Secured Glen T Presley 



A 4 h r> r> r> J^ ^ P M J J J Mr i ^*^^ 
n ii % t ilJ Jil illS * ^> j-H b l 3 ftJ 5 



1. Here our hearts are filled with sorrow,pain and care,Biitwhenwe get to 
2.1 'am go - ing o - ver to that hap-py land, And there I'll see my 



£ 



0t m m. 






fa*=fe 



£fc4 






m=g 



g — B 



g — p 



w — u 



N N h -hi 



«» Chorus 



K=fs 



s 



SS^ 



T = f = ^ 



*=* 



rr 



heav-en we will sing up there. Won-der - ful, 

bless-ed Sav - ior, shake His hand. What a won - der - ful time, 

<nr~* r ~' * bk "k* 



1 



ig 



^ 



^ rv . p> 



^=^= 



*W — w- 



^ — y 



bright and fair, Gone be-fore, 

in that land so fair, With our man- y loved ones 

ft- £- 



Hfe 



gi 



■££. 



V — V 



V — V 



¥^ 



^^ 



rr^ 



FF 



wait- ing there, Shining throne, 

wait-ing o-ver there, Gathered 'round the white throne 



m 



J t JJ 



5 g g p g 



i 



i£ 



p=a 



K=S 



ShF^ 






g g zH *~*= ^ 



■* — s- 



Tt 



hap-py day, Singwhiletirae 

on that won-der - ful day, We'll sing while time 



m 



>g 



" » m 



i s 



J.*^ 



^NM^=R 



jjac 



I 



What a Wonderful Time 



M j j *r 



B g g 



*» — * 



shall roll a - way; 



1 i X 



roll a-way; There to live for - ev - er with Je - sus 



^ -P I ^ 



MM H ^^ 



fffF f 



i 



-^ ^ ^1 ^1 ^1 _^-___^ — 



E 



*y^ 



on that beau-ti-fulstrand,And praise His name for • ev - er in that 



§ 



1 G g p p fc j 



5 



p — ? 



CtZJtZIB 



~W — S 



LBE 



♦* 3 -♦ 
^ — «. 



Ft 



rlW 



rF^ 



ci - ty so grand, Won-der-ful, 

What a won-der-ful place where the joy-bells 



m 



m. 



fcfe 



BE* 



P 



yt^^ 



F«$ 



ev - er chime, Ransomed sing, 

chime, When the ransomed sing, what a hap-py 



m 



9-** he kc- 

%» — v — m 



A J J! 



$=$=^ 



& 



I g g B F 



W — t/ 



_3 ^1 « 



G J J J 



jzzazrsiii 



^ 



£lF^ 



-s- 



hap-py time, Hap-py, hap-py time 

time, What a hap-py time 



H r r * * c r lr 



j. ^ j j i^- 



^ 



124 



It's a Mighty Rough Road 



Copyright, 1856. by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
L B. C. International Copyright Secured Lonnie B. Combs 

Not too fast 



>b 2 *f j Wli T I j I j t ^ljj J j J j pj| 



1. Here I have trou-bles and heartaches on ev • 'ry hand, This world is 

2. Sometimes the pathway gets rug- ged, so steep and long, The ruts get 



^t>4 g g g i p" r g 



v-^ 



n* 



4#ȣ 



e^ 



w m p 



J i § r J'^S Jlt T I j 1 di ^ 



f 



i^ 



rocking with sin and wrong; I could not trav-el this journey thru sinking 
deep-er a-longthe way; Al-tho my burdens be heav-y I'll sing a 



k fr f" PF r 



$» ^ 



m 



■x 



EZLWZWL 



*** 



tr-v 



Chorus 



rfu&=£ 



jjAiJ i irjjj j i j^-r^j 



sand, Without my Je-sus to lead me on. It's a might -y rug- ged 
song, I'll find con- tentment at close of day. 






y — y — y — y *u 



y^ s •> r r F 



JJ^J 



rf 



road, that we trav-el here be-low, And our burdens seem so 

Rocky road. here below, 



tl ^ff f 



3=^ 



y y 



iffi 



Afefr 



^P 



P 



£ 



Sft 



SI 



r 



8 - y i 



it 



heav-y in this old world to bear, Storms of life are raging high, oft-en 

Raging high, 



fr Ffffm i ii x ? 



r - ^c = 



si* 



It's a Mighty Rough Road 



> f**M - wi^dn&l^ug a 



rock us to and fro, There's a land beyond the shad-ows free from all care; 
to and fro, 



^ 






«a 



^rf: 



u w 



P 



5=S 



h h 



1 



1=1=1 



Steep and rough, ver-y long, 

Tho the road may be so rough, and the way may seem so long, 



nJj^ 



Jjyi 



$g | j gfffflF^fp i gp g f |i c '■ — - 'i' | 



fV-h 



- , IS - { V i 



£=*= 



BE 



atzaza 



Surge and roll, hap-py song, 

Mighty billows surge and roll, keep within your heart a song, 



g j J g j g ^ 



,JJ^ 



i£ 



J 



If g^g F E 



P 



s _ ^ 



'J^'I'M.-^N S 



m 



Keep your eyes upon the cross, there shall dawn a brighter day, 

Rugged cross, brighter day, 



§§§ 



m 



j mj^j & p 



a^g 



There'll be perfect peace and rest at the ending of the way. 

Peace and rest of the way. 



K 



H 



F~P 



?¥frF 



» N 



uuLti 






i 



125 



What a Joyful Meeting 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Eugene H. Whitt International Copyright Secured 

Cho. O. A. H. O. A. Hunt 

fv— N 




3^ 



u3S 



b: 



p 






3 



,—* 



Fir; 



1. Here we meet with friends and sing glad praise,With our hearts in sweet accord; 

2. We have man-y friends and loved ones,too,Who have gone to heaven's shore; 

3. Won't that be a great re - un-ion day, When we gather o - ver there; 

f*- T*J2 -p*- tar- ^ 



e£ 



§Hr» ^:Hl g 



It 



E0E 



B b L* 



e»i 



- J \ Ji i iii 1 1 1 1 *~ r ~7 p> ps, i i 1 1 1 - m 



Praising Him who died our souls to save, Jesus Christ our blessed Lord, 
We shall meet a-gain when earth we leave,Meet again to part no more. 
Ev • er-more to shoutand sing God's praise, In that home so bright and fair. 






gfHrlf 



faf z£ 



w.* k ^ — K | P 



I 



5 



Is 



azi 



tr-y — u 



Chorus 




JS h 



m 



s 



f* 



g »g e t y 



O what joy it is, wondrous joy it is 

O what joy it is 



E 



s 



1 5 4 a 



Z=s: 






±Q 



P — Z 



B — g 



g Z H 



JJJJJJLt IjjjjjI 



^ — s- 



^ 



f P t f 



r r- 



-r 



Meeting with the friends we so dear-ly love, 

To meet with friends we dear - ly love, 



U l H 



MHz 



S 



-*i — *- 



1/ i/ ^ i? — a 



u b L/ U U 



fS S 



J ' J J J 



» 



a 



3ZZ5t 



P 



Ft g*g 'r 



rfTT 



Singing gladsome songs, giv - ing joy-ous praise 

And sing glad songs of hap -py praise 



m 



& 



E — g 



-*» — s- 



& — a. iazzs; 



What a Joyful Meetin 



\fS±L$'l PP Si^ 



BE 



-*? S- 



FF^ 



To our bless- ed Lord, reigning up a-bove; 

To Christ our Lord, who reigns a-bove; 



^P#£ 



fck 



1 



s 



-*! S- 



■si — S- 



V V 



is l> 



£ J ' i ; ' M S I I 



s h 



g 



ftlF^ 



C' g B^ t rf 



sT 



It can - not corn-pare, here can - not compare 

It can • not compare 



I 



^ 



fri r- ^ 



as 



1 s 



B g 



P 



J J J J J P A U J J J J I 



j=g: 



f P T f- 



T^T 



-r 



With the joy we'll know on fair heav-en's shore, 

With joy we'll know on heaven's shore, 



m 



£ 



, f & g 



€1 



s 



-*! S- 



-* «- 



0> b b b b 



^ ^ B 



P 



H h-i i: 



^SSe 



s 



a 3 I T ^ J ^ .f 



f C F'F 1 '' 



f 



rrrr 



When we there shall sing love's tri-umphant song, 

When we shall sing the vie - fry song, 



m 



:szz«: 



* *1 5 



s 



-sq g- 



t£~M 



E — g 



2 — Z 



b 1 g 



3SSS£ 



^^i^til^T^^ 



s 



^£e£ 



p 



'Round the shining throne for ev - er-more. 
Around the throne for ev - er - more. 



§ 



fcte 



w 



=3=^ 



u b gj f- . - p 



a 



126 Marching Along the King's Highway 

(Dedicated to Miss Yvonne Zambito) 

Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 

Adger M. Pace International Copyright Secured S. L. Wallace 

_3 , __ a 



1 



^^ 



U J J 



fi IN PV 



m 



« — « — « 

«i — 9 — *i 



1. We are a band of hap- py sol-diers Marching a -long the King's high- 

2. Brave-ly we march a - long to-geth- er, Fac-ing the foe in bright ar- 



2± 



p — v — \r 

3 



^ 



a — a 



pm 



h h I N 



^?\ 



way, 
ray, 

A-' 



Y Li\tA±X 



Go-ing in • to the thick of bat - tie, Fighting for 
Keep-ing our ban-ner proud-ly wav-ing, For we are 



PPI 



K=S 



> » 






righteous-ness each day, Know-ing that Je - sus will go with us, 

in this fight to stay, Soon we shall hear the shouts of vie -t'ry, 

J _^N r r r 



1 g g gg g 

7— W •— «-» » 



NTtTt 



^^N 



h 3 IN h 



JXiU 



fN — h — ft 



*^3 



*r^r^p - 



And He will nev-er let us fail, But He will give us strength to 

Ring-ing o'er mountain.hill and plain, Prais-ing the King of kings for- 

Jrjrj . . . 



mm 



mm 



m 



W_A A k. 



fp^p 



» — ¥ — ^ 



l> V U 



tr-^-tr 



,» — v 



Chorus 



1 



IN fr— fr 



1 



ffp 






g H H 



r-Nf T J 



con-quer, • ver the foe we shall pre -vail. 
ev - er, Thru His great love we soon shall reign. 



March-ing a- 



I* 5 m ^ A_ 



i 



:E=i: 






gfeJEJ 



Marching Along the King's Highway 



^^gjSpB :Hir7j 



long the King's wonderful highway, grand, Leaving the world of sin,shunning each 



WZ~MZZMEZJS~m 0~ns 



mm 



m m a 



m 



V V. V 






p^ 



Ps=Ci 



i aiza 



tr 



by-way Following Christ our Lord.trustmg His Ho- lyWord.Bravely we 
planned 



a # 



^ 



e 



U U U» 
3 



* * v 



K 3N 



d — gfc 



4*^ ^ ^Ti flf 



h — jj w — r^ 



go each day, fighting the wrong, Joy-ful - ly on we go hap-pi-ly 



ntitt \ trt 



P 



ezzg-a 



£ 



W P — ¥■ 



V u u 

3 



is 

iJ -2- 



rs rv-HN 



¥m — « — « 

E-+1 «J «i 



a 1 a 



6 — ft — S 



in rs h 



w — 9 «r — m 



+> — ♦■ — ♦*■ 



shouting, Winning the bat-tie long, nev-er-more doubting, Ev - er - y 
clear, here, 



Y~W 



F=p 



Bfc = s 



5 



* 



3 



v — V 



V V u 

3 



ir^ 



PPI 



mi 



=3M 



foe we meet we're rout-ing, Glo-ry to God, let praise pro-long, 
here, 






5^4 



RF=F 



iB 






i 



127 



Thank Cod For It All 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
T. P. International Copyright Secured Terry Pillow 

k- 




iJ-JiijHiW 



4 ♦ — ♦ — ♦ — « •■ 



1. When shall come love's bright to - mor-row, We shall en - ter heav-en fair; 

2. Where life's pathway seems not charted, We know not the way a - head; 
3.1 would like to stay here long- er, And to watch life's changing way; 






P 



l 



±fflz 



It 



3==3 



h— fr 



h h h 



ts— N 



S 



T'^rrir/ 



Gath-er 'round God's white throne e-ter-nal,Meet our great Redeemer there; 
Sometimes teardops will fall unbidden, Bowing down our hearts with dread; 
Help to lighten some heavy burden, And to brighten some dark day; 



ii 



1j^ *= — ** 

3-w — w — m — w 



£R Fk 



fflE 






f 



p 



f=F 



p—v 



p | J| j 'j g i 

V Wi+Vi q eVirm* nf ill . Ki 



h K 



^EJi 



With a shout of ju • bi - la - tion, I would kneel down at His feet, 

But a smile will dim the tear-drops, And a prayer will ease the dread 

But I'm read - y an - y moment.Should an an - gel come for me, 

-A- -^" T*«- -j*r- 



El f F 1 1 



fcfcA 



^ 



V B 




tf#^ 



3 



3 



rr^'M 



Thank Him for life that He has given, Like in Him that is com-plete. 
May I leave here some helpful to-ken, E- ven af-ter I am dead. 
And I'm praying that this life's circle, Where I've lived.may brighter be. 



g§ f f |f f : f s 



£J^1 



*i ^ • » I 

US 




Chorus 



i=J=j 



Se£=£ 



-*1 — 5- 



c ' r- " "F r^rr 



f=F 



I thank God, life He gave me, 

I thank God for life He gave me, For the 






it 



Thank God For It AH 



m 



gfc 



$ g i 



31' s b 



^t=^s 



For joys that have been mine; For dear friends, 

joys that have been mine; For my dear friends and all my 



k, Ik S I i.. 



&k 



m 



-=l 5- 



i. j J J J T 



3 i j J ,. l rln J ^ I 



>^- g L-p 



«= 



r"i T'r 



all my loved ones, For life that is di - vine. 

loved ones, And for end - less life di-vine. 



f=te 



V-T 



P 



£fe 



*fc 



5=" 



» — V 



i 



^=^ 



fa=r 



ffi 



-*i — &- 



C M f- T F g h ^T » T7 



s=f 



Heav - y load I am bear - ing, 

'Tis a heav - y load I am bear-ing, Still, with 



*£ 



HE 



A •] j_ 



ttzze 



gl i q j 



3E=£ 



-=1 — £- 



r'r 81 ^! 1 rr MI f- n g 



With spir-it brave, I plod; Pleas-ures sweet, 

spir - it brave, I plod; For the pleas-ures, and e - ven 



m^ 



H 



■ ■ 



n ■» 



F 



^^£ 



^^j 



@ I r 



r* 



r^r 



e - ven sor-rows, I thank my lov • ing God. 

sor-rows, I thank God for it all* thank God. 



m 



BE 



± — E 



4r 



f^pEj 



128 



Fm Overshadowed 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Ha^y Praise" 
H. L. T. International Copyright Secured Henry L. Thompson 

-PS fc PN P* 



*g .J J'gstyJ i\* ^ p 



iiiazs 



:£ 



1. Man • y years I trav-eled, wand'ring far from God and right, But now I'm 

2. 1 was sad and lone-ly, drift-ing from the Sav-ior's way, 

3. Clouds may oft-en gath-er, hid-ing all the sun - ny skies, Fm 

■A- 7*- J*^ 



m^±Hmm m 



-t ... _r h ^ ^ n h 






*I 5? 


1(1 ■<tr i, « r 

1 u *r c f • -^ ^ r *kr 

o - - ver-shadowed by His pre-cious love; 
o - ver-shadowed by His love, my Sav-ior's love; 
I'm o - ver-shadowed by love, my Sav-ior's love; 

^r- 2 ! — ■» — aP-fi JV J J a #. *- 


-«l 5 1 


Wh» i> > r P 






— b— F 6—1 ^f g—i 


■ 


» — 


r cj 



I'm o - - ver-shad • 



owed 



by His pre-cious love; 



N ft |S g 



=£ 



3Z3^> 



P i i 1 1 iip ii 



* — **- 



Since He came and found me, I've been walk- ing in the light, I'm guid-ed 

Prais-es I am sing- ing, for Fm hap - py ev-'ry day, 

I shall soon be going where there'll be no more good by s, Fm 



; e : s i n i rF<r ? i i e 



- a i — *- 



A 



-J^-± 



E^ 



i 



Chorus 



*» — 5- 



by the pre-cious Ho • ly Dove, 

guid - ed by the pre • - • cious Ho • • ly Dove. Fm o - ver- 
Fm guid - ed by the pre-cious Ho - lyDove. 



J J 



H ■+*■ -Ah -A- -1 

r r FT 



j. 



A 



Mj 



j, 



£ 



■g 'g F g 

I'm o - ver- 



f=? 



I'm guid - ed by the Ho • ly Dove. 



Pm Over-Shadowed 



e£ 



s 



^3 



-fr 



♦1 *! «L 



"J 

I'm o - - - ver- shad-owed by won - der 

shad - - owed by His won - der 

- ver -shadowed by His won - der 

, JJJi, J J ^A 



ful love, 
ful love, 
ful love, 



z 



i 



^ 



¥ 



^^ 



shad 



owed 



by His 



won - - drous love, 






1 1 



=F 



r '* r c^F^ 



VF 



O yes, I have pro -tec- tion from a - bove; 

I have pro- tec- tion from heav - en a - bove; 

yes, I have pro- tec- tion from heav- en a - bove; 



Juo- 



J^Jf -A 



ij 



JL 



3k 



S r r- 



I have pro 



tec- tion from 






± 



bove; 



PS 



5=31 



£^£ 



Hides 
My Sav-ior hides 

Hides 



my past, for I am His 
my past, His 

my past, His 

n it 



at last, 
at last, 
at last, 



J I J 



Jt 



I 



1 



j, r 



^^ 



-*! — S- 



^^ 



Hides my past, 



His 



at 



-v 
last, 



±£ 



-*! *f- 



3f 



1* 



r 



Sp 



Mm 



t$r? 



I. 



I'm o - ver - shad - owed by His pre-cious love. 

I'm o - - ver-shad-owed by His pre - cious love. 
- ver-shad-owed by His love, His pre-cious love. 



gl S 



o 






ver - shad-owed by His love. 



129 



Beautiful Rose, Bloom On 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
Luther G. Presley International Copyright Secured Q H. Culbreth 

3 3 .. 3fN 



k 



iras=s 



fa 



*?^d 



y=*Ff 



1. Just a pure Rose of love sent from the throne above,Tender-ly planted 

2. Ten-der-est Rose and fair, love-ly be-yond com • pare, Why did they fail to 

3. Tho it was crushed,sweet Rose,yonder somewhere it grows,Biooming a-gain for 



ff i rfrf i rt 



m 



m 



V g V 



V V V 



irziH r 




; 








--T" 


y-| 


> 


f~ 


jUHu 




— 1 


. 


-!^- 


l > 










--e 


E3 — 


O v b < 


5 ± 


dt—r — ! 


«= ♦ 2-Sfc^ 


g s 


^HL g HS 


"vj 


1 ^1 


her 
giv 
us 


e below,here be-low; Hat-ed by sin-ful man,crushed by their awful 
e it room,give it room? Surely its presence here would have bro't hope and 
a-bove, yes, a- bove; Sending its rays to shine, giv-ing us light di- 

■ -f^- 1*- - I*" -it 1*" l^ - 1*- 


<72\ m L i : 


7 & 


k, 




n 




r 














K 


k. 


[». L b L 








"i 




, 


















^-'b l^ 












' 












I 




fr b 






m 


# 




P . 
























1 l 




i 








s 













Chorus 



Piiff 



3 



plan.They would not let this flow -er grow, let 

cheer, If they had on- ly let it bloom, let 

vine, Won-der - ful Rose, the flow'r we love, dear 

A- 



r b tr 



i£i 



it grow. 

it bloom. 

ly love. Beau-ti - ful 

3f 



j.1 , , Jj Jl.r Vt^ 






te 



i* 




: ^i s- 



1 



5"-*; — g- 



1 2 

Bright Rose, fair Rose, sweetest that grows, 

Rose, e - ter-nal Rose, the sweetest flow'r that grows, Brighter by 

Md j j 



wm 



a a, y aa_ 



^ 



a 



i 



i s 



r r * i rp 



FF 




-n-«- 



a^ 



^ — ^ =- 



By far than star that shines above, To-day 

far, thanan-y star a-bove, Blooming today a-longthe 



^g£^p4irr l f* l r 



dh 

L» 1 » 



35 



Beautiful Rose, Bloom On 



gfi 5~ g^ 



i s 



1 8 



on way I'm glad to say, The Rose, 

way, and I am glad to say It is the Rose, sweet Sharon's 



feE£ 



w m i « 



£6= 



F=F 



fc= 



& 



S@ 



1Z1 



kJj — 5- 



sweetRose, our Rose we love; Will shine, 

Rose we love, so ten-der-ly love; Rose that will shine, for-ev-er 

j J . rr W> J ; ' MJ, | P JU 



fe 



s 



p 



QE 



]y~g 



fT 1 



i 



ft: 



j^^-s IsNfe 



s 



^^=5= 



s=* 



■- - 5 



yes, shine, bring joy divine, Gives light till night 

shine, to bring us joy di-vine, Giv-ing us light till shades of night are 






B* 



s 



b 



t^^ 



S 



j8 ms- 



y~» 



-*»— 5- 



shades are all gone, Bright Rose, fair Rose sweetest 

gone, Beauti-ful Rose, e-ternal Rose the sweetest flow'r that 



*fc 



i Mh^Md^i UM 



*& 



r § a ££a= j=i=£ 



fi 



££ 



rr^ 



P 



te^N 



S 



iy jn^y 



-*!—*- 



S 



that grows, Sent down in love for - ev - er bloom on. 

grows, Sent from above the Rose we love bloom on. 

— 2 



J J 



JU .rJi-Ti. ' 



5 



'^rr s Tg^'">rF rrr M|1 



31 



130 



He Will Answer Prayer 



Copyright, 1966, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
H. H. M. International Copyright Secured Dr. H. H. Martin 



£F^ 



feS 



S 



& 



^ip 



ra 



A— A 



A_3_zs_i: 



1. When you need a friend to help you on your pilgrim way, When you need some 

2. When your heart is filled with sorrow as you go along, When your burden 



§83 



T\ 1 - E b E E b 'E E F E F ' E $ 



sa 



IS 



3355, 



Be 



B 



^P 



if* 



*-=H> 



one to guide you till the close of day, When you need some one to lift your 
seems so hea v-y you have lost your song, There is One who knows and loves you 



fii 



£ 



s=^ 



p=£ 






p 



I a a 



g&_j 



izm 



u i> u u u 

Fine 



S g ^ ^^ alTa g=j =| 



aizazi 



a a; am 



heav-y load of care, Go to Je-sus, O my brother.He will answer pray'r. 
and your load will share, Tell it all to Him.my brother, 



mmmm m 



*& 



B 



f 



2=5 



D. S. - Leave it all to Je-sus,brother,He will answer pray'r. 



te 



Chorus 



3jcttT2 *== ^T?T2 



& 



^— £- 



rc 



Tell it all to Je-sus, He will answer pray'r, 

broth-er, He'll answer, 



?*■ — i* 



Si 



a 



r? 



r^ 



^ 



u 1/ 



mm 



P=£ 



fV-ft 



-*! 5- 



1ZZ5 



*» 



1 s 



iTTV 



When the way is steep, He will meet you there, 

and rugged, and help you, 



wmm&muM 



JL^A, 



\ w . — az 



He Will Answer Prayer 



jfrN ? J J J J J jlj-jt^J 



-* — s- 



Give to you sweet words of comfort, when you hear Him say, 



I 



£ 



so gen-tly, 

n * 



&**=* 



?m 



S 



P=£ 



u — u — u — u 



i 



i>b _fi _fi 



-^■-^ ^z 



B 



-*l S- 



* 



-Jpt — «i — "* — ^ — ^ — "« — "< — *• 
"Fol-low me, I am the truth, the way 



the truth,the way" to glo - ry; 



L m — m L 9 — m — 9 — w- \j P b U g — t — E 



^= 



s 



te 



UlUll M^ ^ 



M 



-*1 — 5- 



^T 



B5 t i 



be-lieve and trust Him, He's a Friend di-vine, 

brother, and He will 

" i* ^ i a 



frhbbbcf' gFr t 7 brfg 



i 



H aft 



^ 



&=& 



SP 



-"( — s- 



B 



^ ^ 



*—*- 



^Pz 



Take a - way your grief make the sun to shine, 

and sor - row, so brightly, 



z b fr I ft M " V l* -~ H 



l£ 



fii 



jJj 



I F^ H/ g g 1 \j \j \j v 



n x 



;£=% 



1 






i i i i a ii 4 



1 



Give to you the joy of heav-en, take a -way all care, 



Mm 



£ 



for-ev-er, 

1 5 



£ 



\r y v y u 



131 



Put Your Feet Under God's Table 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
A. L. R. International Copyright Secured Aaron L Ryder 



iH J J J l J J' ifVhM: ^ J J j 



* < < 



1. In - to the wil-derness the Sav-ior went, And there He tar-ried for - ty 

2. A mul - ti-tude of peo-ple gathered there To hear what Je-sus had to 



m 



-(*- 4*- ■■(*- -(*- 

... A- 



fe 



9 v 9 U v U U v v v v 9 ¥ 



m 



?\ j _b 



i=p:^ 






days Par-tak-ing not of an - y earth -ly food For He had 
say, They had five loaves of bread and fish - es, two To feed the 



fefc 



S^ 



*■ 4k 4k 4» 4k 4k A 4k-? 4k 4» -J 3* 

? F 'F b b u b -F b p * b 




J-" ^ 



%^i — * *' -^ 



f^f 



ft-J— ft 



* — * — a , h 



gone there just to pray, to pray; And when old Sa- tan tried to tempt Him 
Run - gry on that day,that day; But Je - sus took it, broke it, blest it, 



PPP 



# — A — Sf 



£ 



ft 



fe 



fcfc 



Frrrfr 



4k A Ar 





f- 1 — S J— a 3 -■ ■ ■ BB - -j» m 3- J 3 — 



tnere.He said, My bread is from a-bove; He was at home, at 

Was at home, 

too.And then love's ta - ble there was spread; They put their feet, well 

Put their feet 



A— A 



U 



*t=£ 



£=S 



p g g 



F 



b b b b^ 



Oil OK US 




n^r^ 



heaven's own ta - ble, And was feast-ing on God's love.God's love. Now put youi 
un - der God's ta- ble, And the mul- ti-tude was fed, was fed. 



.y u-r^ fe 



.A A- 



:|i; 



a a : i « 






g 



Put Your Fret Under God's Table 



&=& 



£ ^^[^ 5 ^4^ J J^-J ^ uj i 



r tr nr ^ s 



feet well under God's table, Get a taste of manna from a- bove, 

Put your feet 






3Hrr 



^ 



F=i 



1 — s- 



tr-tr-tr 




E ^fe ' 



H? 



aJ— n-~§ 



n^r 



Yes, put your life Get a por-tion of His 

Put your life beneatb the Lord's keep • ing, 

-*-r* S r~A 



*Hr „. I r^q»=^ 



^b^-^ pTW rfr 






loye; ifyouwantto get a blessing that will set your life a -glow, 

won -drous love; 



*=* 



4. ffi; 



■^^ 



P 



j*_j* — I*" ~P~ 



^^iH 



m 



'A kfc- rfk — ^— A •** A A A: 

7 P g g ^-Ff-f^ 



>hW J ^^^qj^ qrj ^ 



Get a taste of heav-en,land where liv-ing wa-ters flow;Just put your 

-A A 4k A A A A A. 



-.,-■ A A A A . . A A A A A A AAA 

m i i & 5 i ll b i h-^p ^ EfeEg 



i> j-.Nr i jj.r jj ^ 



^^ att ^sa i 



f*^ 



rry 



feet well under God's table.Get your life filled with His love. 

Put your feet God's love. 



\e#tttl \ H$Mp £ 






X=XP 



132 



Will It Do, Precious Lord? 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
A. E. B. International Copyright Secured Albert E. Brumiey 

Very slow (s 

E' 



is — rr 



i=£ 



s 



^iiP 



SEm 



gTT^B 



^5" 

1. Lord, how well do I know I'll have lit - tie to show When this 
2.0ft my grief, oft my care seem too heav-y to bear And my 
3. Will my twowea-ry feet and my work-hard-ened hands Be e- 



fig 



& F i f f IM^t-^f j • f p ^ 



^w 



IS — ft 



<hjqj i J 5g 



3SfP* 



long toilsome jour-ney is thru; Just a form that is bent from the 
friends may be count-ed as few; If my heart still is right when I 
noughwhenl pass in re-view; If I work, if I pray till the 



f f"E f 



fete 



B 



S=" 



rn~^> p ~p 



I* 



CHOftUS 



ft — ft 



s 



3Ii 

rr 



EBB 



I 



1Q 



Hi 



years I have spent, 

stand in Thy sight, Will it do, precious Lord.will it do? Will it 

end of the way, 



-J3 



^ 



is 



fe* 



2 1 <b 



§ * K 



fit 



£ 



£=2 



y=p 



u u» 



te 



° " * ^ ^ 



s 



*~f 1 g 



W3 1 



do when I come to the end of the way, My tro-phies are 



firfF^iff f p?$££ £ 



te 



s 




T ±±J-i^Tl 



few, but Lord, I can say That I've tried to be hon- est and I've 






rft fttttt ?•&££$$ : 




WilIItDo,Precioiislord? 



^^Fl^W^SP 



^-f— g4 



tried to be true, Will it do, pre -cious Lord, will it do? 



m 



I 



St* 



er-^-Sr 



5 



▲ I*- 



£ 



133 



Honesl and Truly, Lord 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
A. E. B. International Copyright Secured Albert E. Brumley 

, Very slow 



nn 



a 



fc 



s 



f^frp 



-s- 



ir< 



1. Hon - est and tru - ly, Lord, 

2. Hon - est and tru - ly, Lord, 

3. Hon - est and tru - ly, Lord, 



-&-.-&• 



Some-times my feet would stray, 
Help me each task to face, 
Tho I am weak at heart, 



fc£ 



szzs 



h f F f F 



g 



EH 



y- 



n(H>— 


i 




















JE.B U <• 




, c 






^S 
















rflV 9 * 


'- sM 














> 


« < 






^. * 


**K <L 


. 1 J 








c . r 


3 


5 ■ 






'( 




J *■ - ™ - ~ 

Hon - est and tru - ly, L 
Teach me to fear Thy w 
Let not Thy Spir - it, L 

l K * 


c- 1 • < 

ord, 
ord, 
ord, 


7 

So 
M 


me-tir 
ake n 
Ev- e 


r < 

nesF 
le t 
r fr 

9 "f 


r <; 

ve lo 
o gr< 
am x 


3t my way, 
)w in grace, 
ae de - part, 


fSV L f 


' «W c 


* r 


















r?* 


i? 


lt;», 9 i 


k ff A ' 


^L 


















A* 


A •» 


^-'b u. 




1 




& • 


p * 
















p p 


I 


1 


































fl-H 



















^=* 



fe 



p 



fii=St 



Tho I have fal-tered here, 
Own me and lin - ger still, 
This is my end - less pray'r, 



Take me, and keep me 
Teach me to do Thy 
Help me my cross to 



£ 



jfe ^L 



near, 
will, 
bear, 



fc=S 



H 



S3: 




fey 



1 



s 



* 



Close to Thy side I would ev-er a- bide, Hon -est and tru - ly. 
Thru the dark night, let me walk in Thy sight, Hon -est and tru - ly, 
Keep me Thine own till at last I reach home, Hon -est and tru - ly 



Lord 
Lord 
Lord 



fffff 



& 



ftt 



i 



H 



:?=} 



134 



By and By 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praisa" 
J. B. C. International Copyright Secured J. g. Coats 




m 



^ 



E F > F < E 






^f^ 1 



& 






1. I've had enough cry-ing, I've had e-noughsigh-ing, I 

2. I've had enough grieving, I soon shall be leav-ing, . '. I 

3. 1 want to go sail-ing, while sinners are wail-ing, I'll 



1 X 



irfffff 






3> 



J 3— 3- 



ft .R P 



^^ 



B n --P ' ,, ft 



JU J "■ i I 



=+ 



* 



p 






want to see heav-en, gon- na see heav-en, by and by, by and by. 
want to see Je - sus, talk to my Je - sus, by and by, by and by. 
have a new mansion, pearl -y white mansion, by and by, by and by. 



j-frE ^yES 



$=^ 



«£ 



i — 

Chorus 



^Sii^^ 



a&fcs 



z z i t PI f . -gfttf 



P^£g 



E ' r- - g h 



I've been weep • ing, thru the night, 
WellJ've been a weeping all thru the night, I'm blue and s$ 






-q — s- 



dL J J . ^ 



^ 



-A— 4 



S§ 



V V *< * W^=^$ 9 $ C f 



:p 



Blue and lone - • some heart is right; 

lonesome, but my heart is right; Want to meet my 



« 



frii | '.[ > i MW 



-*! S- 



^ 



fTTTTT 



Meet my Je - sus thru the sky, 

Je -sus, ride thru the sky, thru the sky, Prom-e-nade the streets of 



%=- 



m 



E^EE3 



Sfc 



By and By 

3 



Talk, talk, walk, walk, Roll 

glo - ry, watch the a - ges roll by, 



^3 



•fc' ' p 



P i»r 



M 



by, 



^t£ 



P 



^ 



k /jv Sm C/i/me effect 

s ^ r-r- r— _^ 



^Litr^^ir-^TT jirjii 



roll 



^ra 



by,Watchthemroll,roll-ing by. 




135 



W. S. H. 



In Glory Land 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 



in "Sharon's Rose" 



W. S. Hess 



ft=K 



1 



^J: PipiP lij 



a — »: 



S 



^ 



-Ai— -- A- 



1. In the land be-yond life's sun- set, There a -waits for me a crownj 

2. Je ( sus gave His life to save me, Gave me grace to car • ry on; 

3. 'Neath His word I'll walk the highway, Trusting Him my steps to guide; 



vtnftc. 



F 



trr 



i 



S 



-- Jj.r 



fv=F 



i 



Fine 



^ 



fli 3T J 



t 



S E3I 



^t 



^ w ^ tj <^ » «^- - 

Christ the Lord will give it to me, When my earth- ly sun goes down. 
I will trust His love to keep me Till the morn-ing light shall dawn. 
'Tis not far I'll have to trav - el, Till I reach the oth - er side. 



^ffLf i tTe uU i r-i 



D.S.-Praising Je-suswith my loved ones/Round the throne in glo • ry land. 
Chorus 



4 



IV h 



D.S. 



1 



m 3B — * — a 



m 



For me there is joy e • ter- nal, With the shin- ing an • gel band, 



m mn'r i r{rr i£pii 



136 



Help Me Live For the Lord 



Copyright, 1956, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., in "Happy Praise" 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. International Copyright Secured J. E. Roane 



^M 



s=fc 



6as 



m$ 



i 



*? 



» 



n j t : ^ 



55 5X3 



1. Help me live each day on the pilgrim way That my life may hon-or the 

2. Help me do my task, nev - er stop to ask Why He bids me walk close to 



<e_» g 



A, "a. A. *, 



§£§# 



B 



M>1 > 4[J P 



A i. ii 



E 



j— Ji: 






B 



3 



^P^ 3 



" " f y 



King; Help me shed true light thru each day and night While His worthy 
Him; On the journey here nev-er doubt and fearTho the path at 



m 



j^rAr- 



m m. 



-.b 



k. * c£ 



be 



1 



P=F 



r 



Chorus 



J JM* 



5E3E5£=E 



K 



P=fi 



?^?tr 



a »:» 



p'r- — -r ^gf 



r 



r-r-r 



^ -^ 



prais - es I sing. Help me live for the Lord 

times may grow dim. Help me live for the Lord 



m 



a&tj 



HH 



m * — m 



BE 



n= *=*=*=« 



&b I 11 J J J J..M J I » |" J J J 



Ev-'ry day here on earth be • low; Help me win 

Ev - 'ry day here be - low; Help me win 



S±=*: 



• — » F * ^ 



5 



a — s 



fcs: 



sfe£i 



»=£ 



I 



s 



r- — -r tT?---'' d ^Yr? 

His re-ward When from earth I shall go. 

His re -ward When from earth have to go. 



a 



f (J f 



v-f 



^ 



INDEX 

(HAPPY PEAISE) 



.A Place Called Paradise 36 

A Wonderful Friend 60 

Amazing Grace 91 

.America 69 

Anchored In His Love 95 

Anchored In His Love 107 

Are You Giving Your Best? 23 

Awake, O Soul 99 

Away Up In Heaven 34 

Beautiful Rose Bloom On 129 

Because He Loved Me So 35 

Belshazzar's Feast 106 

Blessed Hour In Praver 19 

By and By 13-1 

Christian Jovs 49 

Come Back To the Fold 77 

Don't Forget 89 

Down On Your Knees 31 

Dreaming 93 

For You and Me 00 

Glad New Day 56 

Glory Over There 3 

Go, Tell of His Love 53 

God's Love For Me 52 

God's Love Was Shown On Calvary 26 

God's Only Son 96 

God's Stairway 101 

God's Wonderful Promise 88 

Guide Us, Bless'ed Savior 47 

Hands Are Down-Reaching 16 

Have Mercy On Me 82 

Have You Met the Man of Galilee? 46 

He Is Coming 58 

He Is Ev'ry thing To Me 25 

He Knows 85 

He Led Me To the Light 11 

He Paid It All 62 

He Purchased Mv Redemption 44 

He Saved My Soul 9 

He Understands and Cares For Me 103 

He Will Answer Prayer 130 

He's Alive 70 

He's My Lord and King 114 

Help Me Live For the Lord 136 

Help Somebody Find the Way 37 

High Above This World 94 

Honest and Truly, Lord 133 

How I Love Him 83 

I Am His and He Is Mine 115 

T Am On the Way 100 

I Can't Tell You Why 110 

I Have a Friend 15 

I Have Found Sweet Peace 65 

I Know I Shall Be Fully Satisfied 57 

I Sailed Back 42 

I Want To Be There To Welcome 121 

I Want To Go Where Jesus Is Ill 

I Want To Tell It 80 

I Will Lift Up Mine Eyes 113 

I'd Like To Talk It Over With Him 75 

If We Could See, If We Could 27 

If You Have Faith 8 

I'll Have a New Home 86 

I'll Follow Jesus All the Way 72 

I'll Follow the Savior 79 

I'll Serve My Lord 10 

I'm Finding New Joy 92 

I'm Going Home 109 

I'm Going To Live With Jesus 33 

I'm Gonna Go Home 74 



I'm a Lover of the Lord 12 

I'm On a Journey 119 

I'm Over-Shadowed 128 

I'm Walking With My Lord 14 

In Glory Land 135 

It Was Really No Surprise 117 

It's a Mighty Rough Road 124 

I've a Title To a Mansion 76 

Jacob Saw a Ladder 63 

Jesus 97 

Jesus Came To Set Me Free 64 

Jesus Is Coming Again 32 

Jesus Gave Me Liberty 108 

Jesus On the Shore 45 

Keep the Love Of Jesus 1 

Keep Your Eye On the Cross 67 

Let the Lord Hold Your Hand 17 

Let the Sunshine Come In 51 

Let Us Sins: His Praise 84 

Let Us Stand For Truth and Right 61 
Looking and List'ning 48 

Marching Along the King's 126 

My Place 59 

O What a Day 66 

On the Highway Home 55 

Open Up Your Heart 41 

Put Your Feet Under God's Table 131 

Revive Us Again 71 

Rock of Ages 73 

Shine, God's Children 43 

Silver and Gold Have I None 98 

Sing Me a Song About Jesus 120 

Sing On the Way 116 

Singing Anew the Blessed Story ....122 

Some Happy Day 50 

Spread a Little Sunshine 90 

Take the Name of Jesus With You 20 

Thank God For It All 127 

The Glad Reunion Day 30 

The Promised Land 105 

The Savior Died To Save the World 13 

There Is Glory In My Soul 22 

There's a Home Awaiting 1-A 

There's a Wideness In God's Mercy 81 
There's Gonna Be Someone Turned 24 

There's Plenty of Work 54 

Travel the Glory Road 7 

Traveling To a City 68 

True Joy Divine 118 

Thy Love Is Mine 40 

What a Joyful Meeting 125 

What a Wonderful Time 123 

What Could I Do Without Jesus? 29 

We Must Hasten 112 

We'll Have a Mansion Grand 6 

We'll Tour the Golden City 102 

When Ambassadors Go Away 39 

When He Comes Back For His Own 4 

When I'm Alone 38 

When Our Lord Comes Back Again 18 

Where the Gentle Waters Flow 104 

Where the Happy Millions Sing 28 

While the Days Go Rolling By 5 

Will It Do, Precious Lord? 182 

Wonderful (Edmiaston) 21 

Wonderful (Coats) 78 

Wonderful Gift of God 3 



t I I • I I i'i' i 'i' i I I t I I ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ T I 1 I I l| 

FAVORITE SONGS AND HYMNS 

The Most Popular Church Book of All Time 

PRICES 

Limp binding 60 cents per copy, $6.00 per dozen, 

$22.00 for 50 and $40.00 per 100. 

Cloth binding $1.25 per copy, $12.00 per dozen, $45.00 

for 50 and $85.00 per 100. 

ATTENTION, EVANGELISTS 

CAN YOU USE ONE THOUSAND or more song books if we 
print your name on the covers and leave ours off entirely; 
change the price to any you want placed on it; print your 
pictures on covers, you paying for the cuts; place any printed 
matter you want on covers; in other words make the book with 
you as publisher. We have several small books of Evangelistic 
Songs for this purpose. Write for a list and prices in 1000 lots 
or more. 

Write to 
Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Company 

P. O. Box 4007, Dallas 8, Texas